Merge "Make SpecialPageFactory a service"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.32.0-alpha';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**@}*/
161
162 /************************************************************************//**
163 * @name URLs and file paths
164 *
165 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
166 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
167 *
168 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
169 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
170 *
171 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
172 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
173 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
174 *
175 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
176 *
177 * @{
178 */
179
180 /**
181 * The URL path to index.php.
182 *
183 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
184 */
185 $wgScript = false;
186
187 /**
188 * The URL path to load.php.
189 *
190 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
191 * @since 1.17
192 */
193 $wgLoadScript = false;
194
195 /**
196 * The URL path of the skins directory.
197 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
198 * @since 1.3
199 */
200 $wgStylePath = false;
201 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.17
207 */
208 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
209
210 /**
211 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
212 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
213 * @since 1.16
214 */
215 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
216
217 /**
218 * Filesystem extensions directory.
219 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
220 * @since 1.25
221 */
222 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
223
224 /**
225 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
226 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
227 * @since 1.3
228 */
229 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
230
231 /**
232 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
233 * which is replaced by the article title.
234 *
235 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
236 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
237 */
238 $wgArticlePath = false;
239
240 /**
241 * The URL path for the images directory.
242 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
243 */
244 $wgUploadPath = false;
245
246 /**
247 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
248 */
249 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
250
251 /**
252 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
253 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
254 */
255 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
259 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
260 */
261 $wgLogo = false;
262
263 /**
264 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
265 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
266 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
267 *
268 * @par Example:
269 * @code
270 * $wgLogoHD = [
271 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
272 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
273 * ];
274 * @endcode
275 *
276 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
277 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
278 * be optimised for screen resolution.
279 *
280 * @par Example:
281 * @code
282 * $wgLogoHD = [
283 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
284 * ];
285 * @endcode
286 *
287 * @since 1.25
288 */
289 $wgLogoHD = false;
290
291 /**
292 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
293 * @since 1.6
294 */
295 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
299 * Defaults to no icon.
300 * @since 1.12
301 */
302 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
303
304 /**
305 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
306 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
307 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
308 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
309 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
310 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
311 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
312 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
313 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
314 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
315 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
316 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
317 * understand it).
318 *
319 * @var array|string|bool
320 * @since 1.25
321 */
322 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
323
324 /**
325 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
326 * be web accessible.
327 *
328 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
329 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
330 * logic.
331 *
332 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
333 * variable.
334 *
335 * @see wfTempDir()
336 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
337 */
338 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
339
340 /**
341 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
342 * upload URL.
343 * @since 1.4
344 */
345 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
346
347 /**
348 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
349 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
350 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
351 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
352 * @since 1.17
353 */
354 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
355
356 /**
357 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
358 * plain page views, add to this array.
359 *
360 * @par Example:
361 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
362 * @code
363 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
364 * @endcode
365 *
366 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
367 * URLs.
368 * @since 1.5
369 */
370 $wgActionPaths = [];
371
372 /**@}*/
373
374 /************************************************************************//**
375 * @name Files and file uploads
376 * @{
377 */
378
379 /**
380 * Allow users to upload files.
381 *
382 * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
383 * Disabled by default as for security reasons.
384 * See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
385 *
386 * @since 1.5
387 */
388 $wgEnableUploads = false;
389
390 /**
391 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
392 */
393 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
394
395 /**
396 * Allows to move images and other media files
397 */
398 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
399
400 /**
401 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
402 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
403 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
404 *
405 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
406 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
407 */
408 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
409
410 /**
411 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
412 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
413 *
414 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
415 * completeness.
416 */
417 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
418
419 /**
420 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
421 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
422 */
423 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
424
425 /**
426 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
427 */
428 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
429
430 /**
431 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
432 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
433 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
434 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
435 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
436 *
437 * Example:
438 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
439 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
440 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
441 *
442 * @see $wgFileBackends
443 */
444 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
445
446 /**
447 * File repository structures
448 *
449 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
450 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
451 * array of properties configuring the repository.
452 *
453 * Properties required for all repos:
454 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
455 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
456 *
457 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
458 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
459 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
460 *
461 * For most core repos:
462 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
463 * container : backend container name the zone is in
464 * directory : root path within container for the zone
465 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
466 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
467 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
468 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
469 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
470 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
471 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
472 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
473 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
474 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
475 * handler instead.
476 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
477 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
478 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
479 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
480 * - pathDisclosureProtection
481 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
482 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
483 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
484 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
485 * is 0644.
486 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
487 * some remote repos.
488 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
489 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
490 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
491 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
492 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
493 *
494 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
495 * for local repositories:
496 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
497 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
498 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
499 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
500 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
501 * on the local wiki.
502 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
503 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
504 *
505 * ForeignDBRepo:
506 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
507 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
508 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
509 * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
510 * and accesible from, this wiki.
511 *
512 * ForeignAPIRepo:
513 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
514 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
515 *
516 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
517 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
518 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
519 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
520 * be searched after the local file repo.
521 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
522 *
523 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
524 */
525 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
526
527 /**
528 * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
529 *
530 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
531 * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
532 * and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
533 *
534 * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
535 * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
536 *
537 * @since 1.11
538 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
539 */
540 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
541
542 /**
543 * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
544 *
545 * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to to $wgForeignFileRepos
546 * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
547 * default settings.
548 *
549 * @since 1.16
550 */
551 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
552
553 /**
554 * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
555 *
556 * Uses the folowing variables:
557 *
558 * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
559 * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
560 * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
561 * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
562 * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
563 * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
564 * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
565 *
566 * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
567 * class, with also the following variables:
568 *
569 * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
570 * - dbType: $wgDBtype.
571 * - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
572 * - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
573 * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
574 * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
575 * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
576 * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
577 *
578 * @var bool
579 * @since 1.3
580 */
581 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
582
583 /**
584 * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
585 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
586 *
587 * @var string
588 * @since 1.3
589 */
590 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
591
592 /**
593 * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
594 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
595 *
596 * @var string
597 * @since 1.3
598 */
599 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
600
601 /**
602 * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
603 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
604 *
605 * @var bool
606 * @since 1.3
607 */
608 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
609
610 /**
611 * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
612 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
613 *
614 * @since 1.5
615 */
616 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:';
617
618 /**
619 * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
620 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
621 *
622 * @var bool
623 * @since 1.5
624 */
625 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
626
627 /**
628 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
629 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
630 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
631 *
632 * @var bool|string
633 * @since 1.4
634 */
635 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
636
637 /**
638 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
639 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
640 *
641 * @var string
642 * @since 1.5
643 */
644 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
645
646 /**
647 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
648 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
649 *
650 * @var bool
651 * @since 1.5
652 */
653 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
654
655 /**
656 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
657 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
658 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
659 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
660 *
661 * Example:
662 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
663 */
664 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
665
666 /**
667 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
668 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
669 *
670 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
671 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
672 *
673 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
674 */
675 $wgUploadDialog = [
676 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
677 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
678 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
679 'fields' => [
680 'description' => true,
681 'date' => false,
682 'categories' => false,
683 ],
684 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
685 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
686 'licensemessages' => [
687 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
688 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
689 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
690 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
691 'local' => 'generic-local',
692 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
693 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
694 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
695 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
696 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
697 ],
698 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
699 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
700 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
701 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
702 'comment' => [
703 'local' => '',
704 'foreign' => '',
705 ],
706 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
707 'format' => [
708 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
709 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
710 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
711 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
712 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
713 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
714 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
715 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
716 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
717 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
718 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
719 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
720 // * $TEXT - input by the user
721 'description' => '$TEXT',
722 'ownwork' => '',
723 'license' => '',
724 'uncategorized' => '',
725 ],
726 ];
727
728 /**
729 * File backend structure configuration.
730 *
731 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
732 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
733 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
734 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
735 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
736 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
737 *
738 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
739 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
740 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
741 *
742 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
743 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
744 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
745 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
746 *
747 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
748 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
749 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
750 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
751 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
752 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
753 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
754 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
755 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
756 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
757 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
758 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
759 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
760 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
761 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
762 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
763 */
764 $wgFileBackends = [];
765
766 /**
767 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
768 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
769 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
770 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
771 *
772 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
773 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
774 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
775 *
776 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
777 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
778 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
779 */
780 $wgLockManagers = [];
781
782 /**
783 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
784 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
785 *
786 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
787 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
788 * extensions" section of php.ini:
789 * @code{.ini}
790 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
791 * @endcode
792 */
793 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
794
795 /**
796 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
797 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
798 * Defaults to false.
799 */
800 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
801
802 /**
803 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
804 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
805 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
806 */
807 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
808
809 /**
810 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
811 *
812 * @since 1.20
813 */
814 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
815
816 /**
817 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
818 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
819 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
820 */
821 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
822
823 /**
824 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
825 * @since 1.20
826 */
827 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
828
829 /**
830 * Different timeout for upload by url
831 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
832 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
833 * to default.
834 *
835 * @var int|bool
836 *
837 * @since 1.22
838 */
839 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
840
841 /**
842 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
843 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
844 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
845 * for non-specified types.
846 *
847 * @par Example:
848 * @code
849 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
850 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
851 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
852 * ];
853 * @endcode
854 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
855 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
856 */
857 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
858
859 /**
860 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
861 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
862 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
863 * @since 1.26
864 */
865 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
866
867 /**
868 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
869 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
870 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
871 *
872 * @par Example:
873 * @code
874 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
875 * @endcode
876 */
877 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
878
879 /**
880 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
881 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
882 * appended to it as appropriate.
883 */
884 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
885
886 /**
887 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
888 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
889 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
890 * access to the thumbnail path.
891 *
892 * @par Example:
893 * @code
894 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
895 * @endcode
896 */
897 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
898
899 /**
900 * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
901 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
902 *
903 * @var string
904 * @since 1.3
905 */
906 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
907
908 /**
909 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
910 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
911 *
912 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
913 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
914 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
915 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
916 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
917 *
918 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
919 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
920 */
921 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
922
923 /**
924 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
925 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
926 *
927 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
928 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
929 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
930 */
931 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
932
933 /**
934 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
935 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
936 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
937 */
938 $wgFileBlacklist = [
939 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
940 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
941 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
942 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
943 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
944 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
945 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
946 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
947
948 /**
949 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
950 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
951 */
952 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
953 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
954 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
955 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
956 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
957 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
958 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
959 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
960 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
961 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
962 'application/x-msmetafile',
963 ];
964
965 /**
966 * Allow Java archive uploads.
967 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
968 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
969 */
970 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
971
972 /**
973 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
974 *
975 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
976 */
977 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
978
979 /**
980 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
981 * by $wgFileExtensions.
982 *
983 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
984 */
985 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
986
987 /**
988 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
989 *
990 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
991 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
992 */
993 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
994
995 /**
996 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
997 */
998 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
999
1000 /**
1001 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
1002 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
1003 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
1004 *
1005 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
1006 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
1007 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
1008 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
1009 */
1010 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
1011 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
1012 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
1013 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
1014 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
1015 "application/pdf", // PDF files
1016 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
1017 ];
1018
1019 /**
1020 * Plugins for media file type handling.
1021 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
1022 *
1023 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
1024 * and extensions should use extension.json.
1025 */
1026 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
1027
1028 /**
1029 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
1030 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
1031 */
1032 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
1033 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1034 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1035 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1036 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1037 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1038 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1039 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1040 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1041 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
1042 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
1043 ];
1044
1045 /**
1046 * Plugins for page content model handling.
1047 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
1048 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
1049 *
1050 * @since 1.21
1051 */
1052 $wgContentHandlers = [
1053 // the usual case
1054 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
1055 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1056 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
1057 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1058 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
1059 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1060 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
1061 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1062 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1063 ];
1064
1065 /**
1066 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1067 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1068 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1069 */
1070 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1071
1072 /**
1073 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1074 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1075 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1076 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1077 *
1078 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1079 */
1080 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1081
1082 /**
1083 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1084 */
1085 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1086
1087 /**
1088 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1089 * @since 1.27
1090 */
1091 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1092
1093 /**
1094 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1095 */
1096 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1097
1098 /**
1099 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1100 */
1101 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1105 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1106 */
1107 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1108
1109 /**
1110 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1111 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1112 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1113 *
1114 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1115 * @code
1116 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1117 * @endcode
1118 *
1119 * Leave as false to skip this.
1120 */
1121 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1122
1123 /**
1124 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1125 *
1126 * @since 1.21
1127 */
1128 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1129
1130 /**
1131 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1132 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1133 * at sharp edges.
1134 *
1135 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1136 *
1137 * Supported values:
1138 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1139 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1140 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1141 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1142 *
1143 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1144 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1145 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1146 *
1147 * @since 1.27
1148 */
1149 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1150
1151 /**
1152 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1153 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1154 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1155 *
1156 * @since 1.32
1157 */
1158 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1159
1160 /**
1161 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1162 * image formats.
1163 */
1164 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1165
1166 /**
1167 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1168 *
1169 * @since 1.26
1170 */
1171 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1172
1173 /**
1174 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1175 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1176 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1177 *
1178 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1179 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1180 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1181 */
1182 $wgSVGConverters = [
1183 'ImageMagick' =>
1184 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1185 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1186 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1187 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1188 . '$output $input',
1189 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1190 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1191 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1192 ];
1193
1194 /**
1195 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1196 */
1197 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1198
1199 /**
1200 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1201 */
1202 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1203
1204 /**
1205 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1206 */
1207 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1208
1209 /**
1210 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1211 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1212 */
1213 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1214
1215 /**
1216 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1217 *
1218 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1219 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1220 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1221 *
1222 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1223 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1224 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1225 */
1226 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1227
1228 /**
1229 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1230 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1231 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1232 *
1233 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1234 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1235 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1236 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1237 *
1238 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1239 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1240 */
1241 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1242
1243 /**
1244 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1245 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1246 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1247 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1248 */
1249 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1250
1251 /**
1252 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1253 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1254 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1255 *
1256 * @par Example:
1257 * @code
1258 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1259 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1260 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1261 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1262 * @endcode
1263 */
1264 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1265
1266 /**
1267 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1268 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1269 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1270 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1271 */
1272 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1273
1274 /**
1275 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1276 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1277 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1278 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1279 */
1280 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1281
1282 /**
1283 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1284 * output instead of showing an error message.
1285 *
1286 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1287 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1288 *
1289 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1290 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1291 * are logged to a file for review.
1292 */
1293 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1294
1295 /**
1296 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1297 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1298 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1299 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1300 * webserver(s).
1301 */
1302 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1303
1304 /**
1305 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1306 */
1307 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1308
1309 /**
1310 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1311 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1312 * is available that can rotate.
1313 */
1314 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1318 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1319 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1320 */
1321 $wgAntivirus = null;
1322
1323 /**
1324 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1325 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1326 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1327 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1328 *
1329 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1330 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1331 *
1332 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1333 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1334 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1335 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1336 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1337 * path.
1338 *
1339 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1340 * function in SpecialUpload.
1341 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1342 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1343 * is not set.
1344 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1345 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1346 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1347 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1348 * no virus was found.
1349 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1350 * a virus.
1351 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1352 *
1353 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1354 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1355 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1356 */
1357 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1358
1359 # setup for clamav
1360 'clamav' => [
1361 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1362 'codemap' => [
1363 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1364 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1365 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1366 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1367 ],
1368 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1369 ],
1370 ];
1371
1372 /**
1373 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1374 */
1375 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1376
1377 /**
1378 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1379 */
1380 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1381
1382 /**
1383 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1384 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1385 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1386 */
1387 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1388
1389 /**
1390 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1391 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1392 */
1393 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1394
1395 /**
1396 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1397 * the MIME type to standard output.
1398 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1399 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1400 *
1401 * @par Example:
1402 * @code
1403 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1404 * @endcode
1405 */
1406 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1407
1408 /**
1409 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1410 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1411 * can be trusted.
1412 */
1413 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1414
1415 /**
1416 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1417 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1418 */
1419 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1420 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1421 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1422 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1423 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1424 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1425 ];
1426
1427 /**
1428 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1429 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1430 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1431 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1432 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1433 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1434 */
1435 $wgImageLimits = [
1436 [ 320, 240 ],
1437 [ 640, 480 ],
1438 [ 800, 600 ],
1439 [ 1024, 768 ],
1440 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1441 ];
1442
1443 /**
1444 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1445 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1446 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1447 */
1448 $wgThumbLimits = [
1449 120,
1450 150,
1451 180,
1452 200,
1453 250,
1454 300
1455 ];
1456
1457 /**
1458 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1459 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1460 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1461 *
1462 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1463 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1464 * supports it.
1465 */
1466 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1467
1468 /**
1469 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1470 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1471 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1472 * following buckets:
1473 *
1474 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1475 *
1476 * and a distance of 50:
1477 *
1478 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1479 *
1480 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1481 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1482 */
1483 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1484
1485 /**
1486 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1487 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1488 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1489 *
1490 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1491 *
1492 * @since 1.25
1493 */
1494
1495 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1496
1497 /**
1498 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1499 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1500 *
1501 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1502 * thumbnail's URL.
1503 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1504 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1505 *
1506 * @since 1.25
1507 */
1508 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1509
1510 /**
1511 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1512 *
1513 * @since 1.25
1514 */
1515 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1516
1517 /**
1518 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1519 * HTTP request to.
1520 *
1521 * @since 1.25
1522 */
1523 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1524
1525 /**
1526 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1527 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1528 *
1529 * @since 1.26
1530 */
1531 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1532
1533 /**
1534 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1535 * Fields are:
1536 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1537 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1538 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1539 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1540 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1541 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1542 * @deprecated since 1.28
1543 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1544 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1545 * - mode: Gallery mode
1546 */
1547 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1548
1549 /**
1550 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1551 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1552 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1553 */
1554 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1555
1556 /**
1557 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1558 */
1559 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1560
1561 /**
1562 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1563 *
1564 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1565 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1566 */
1567 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1568
1569 /**
1570 * @name DJVU settings
1571 * @{
1572 */
1573
1574 /**
1575 * Path of the djvudump executable
1576 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1577 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1578 */
1579 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1583 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1584 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1585 */
1586 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1587
1588 /**
1589 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1590 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1591 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1592 */
1593 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1594
1595 /**
1596 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1597 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1598 *
1599 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1600 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1601 * the efficiency problem.
1602 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1603 *
1604 * @par Example:
1605 * @code
1606 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1607 * @endcode
1608 */
1609 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1610
1611 /**
1612 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1613 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1614 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1615 */
1616 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1617
1618 /**
1619 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1620 */
1621 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1622
1623 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1624
1625 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1626
1627 /************************************************************************//**
1628 * @name Email settings
1629 * @{
1630 */
1631
1632 /**
1633 * Site admin email address.
1634 *
1635 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1636 */
1637 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1638
1639 /**
1640 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1641 *
1642 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1643 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1644 *
1645 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1646 */
1647 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1648
1649 /**
1650 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1651 *
1652 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1653 */
1654 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1655
1656 /**
1657 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1658 *
1659 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1660 */
1661 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1662
1663 /**
1664 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1665 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1666 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1667 */
1668 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1669
1670 /**
1671 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1672 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1673 */
1674 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1675
1676 /**
1677 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1678 *
1679 * @since 1.30
1680 */
1681 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1682
1683 /**
1684 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1685 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1686 *
1687 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1688 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1689 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1690 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1691 */
1692 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1693
1694 /**
1695 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1696 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1697 */
1698 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1699
1700 /**
1701 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1702 */
1703 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1704
1705 /**
1706 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1707 */
1708 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1709
1710 /**
1711 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1712 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1713 */
1714 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1715
1716 /**
1717 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1718 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1719 */
1720 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1721
1722 /**
1723 * SMTP Mode.
1724 *
1725 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1726 * Default to false or fill an array :
1727 *
1728 * @code
1729 * $wgSMTP = [
1730 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1731 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1732 * 'port' => '25',
1733 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1734 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1735 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1736 * ];
1737 * @endcode
1738 */
1739 $wgSMTP = false;
1740
1741 /**
1742 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1743 */
1744 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1745
1746 /**
1747 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1748 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1749 */
1750 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1751
1752 /**
1753 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1754 *
1755 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1756 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1757 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1758 *
1759 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1760 *
1761 * @var bool
1762 */
1763 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1764
1765 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1766 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1767 # enable or disable at their discretion
1768 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1769 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1770
1771 /**
1772 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1773 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1774 * spam relay.
1775 */
1776 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1777
1778 /**
1779 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1780 */
1781 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1782
1783 /**
1784 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1785 * user talk page.
1786 *
1787 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1788 * preference set to true.
1789 */
1790 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1791
1792 /**
1793 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1794 *
1795 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1796 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1797 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1798 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1799 *
1800 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1801 *
1802 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1803 *
1804 * @var bool
1805 */
1806 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1807
1808 /**
1809 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1810 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1811 *
1812 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1813 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1814 *
1815 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1816 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1817 *
1818 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1819 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1820 */
1821 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1822
1823 /**
1824 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1825 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1826 *
1827 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1828 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1829 */
1830 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1831
1832 /**
1833 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1834 * match the limit on your mail server.
1835 */
1836 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1837
1838 /**
1839 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1840 */
1841 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1842
1843 /**
1844 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1845 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1846 */
1847 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1848
1849 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1850
1851 /************************************************************************//**
1852 * @name Database settings
1853 * @{
1854 */
1855
1856 /**
1857 * Database host name or IP address
1858 */
1859 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1860
1861 /**
1862 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1863 */
1864 $wgDBport = 5432;
1865
1866 /**
1867 * Name of the database
1868 */
1869 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1870
1871 /**
1872 * Database username
1873 */
1874 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1875
1876 /**
1877 * Database user's password
1878 */
1879 $wgDBpassword = '';
1880
1881 /**
1882 * Database type
1883 */
1884 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1885
1886 /**
1887 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1888 *
1889 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1890 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1891 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1892 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1893 */
1894 $wgDBssl = false;
1895
1896 /**
1897 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1898 *
1899 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1900 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1901 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1902 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1903 */
1904 $wgDBcompress = false;
1905
1906 /**
1907 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1908 */
1909 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1910
1911 /**
1912 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1913 */
1914 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1915
1916 /**
1917 * Search type.
1918 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1919 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1920 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1921 */
1922 $wgSearchType = null;
1923
1924 /**
1925 * Alternative search types
1926 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1927 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1928 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1929 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1930 */
1931 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1932
1933 /**
1934 * Table name prefix
1935 */
1936 $wgDBprefix = '';
1937
1938 /**
1939 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1940 */
1941 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1942
1943 /**
1944 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1945 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1946 * DBA has done his best job.
1947 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1948 */
1949 $wgSQLMode = '';
1950
1951 /**
1952 * Mediawiki schema
1953 */
1954 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1955
1956 /**
1957 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1958 * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
1959 * @since 1.32
1960 */
1961 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1962
1963 /**
1964 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1965 */
1966 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1967
1968 /**
1969 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1970 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1971 * main database.
1972 *
1973 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1974 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1975 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1976 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1977 *
1978 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1979 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1980 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1981 *
1982 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1983 * $wgDBprefix.
1984 *
1985 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1986 * $wgDBmwschema.
1987 *
1988 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
1989 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
1990 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1991 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1992 */
1993 $wgSharedDB = null;
1994
1995 /**
1996 * @see $wgSharedDB
1997 */
1998 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1999
2000 /**
2001 * @see $wgSharedDB
2002 */
2003 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
2004
2005 /**
2006 * @see $wgSharedDB
2007 * @since 1.23
2008 */
2009 $wgSharedSchema = false;
2010
2011 /**
2012 * Database load balancer
2013 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
2014 * Fields are:
2015 * - host: Host name
2016 * - dbname: Default database name
2017 * - user: DB user
2018 * - password: DB password
2019 * - type: DB type
2020 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
2021 *
2022 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
2023 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
2024 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
2025 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
2026 *
2027 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
2028 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
2029 *
2030 * - flags: bit field
2031 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
2032 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
2033 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
2034 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
2035 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
2036 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
2037 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
2038 * if available
2039 *
2040 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
2041 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
2042 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
2043 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
2044 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
2045 *
2046 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
2047 * variable of the Database object.
2048 *
2049 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
2050 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
2051 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
2052 *
2053 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
2054 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
2055 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
2056 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
2057 *
2058 * @code
2059 * SET @@read_only=1;
2060 * @endcode
2061 *
2062 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2063 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2064 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2065 */
2066 $wgDBservers = false;
2067
2068 /**
2069 * Load balancer factory configuration
2070 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2071 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2072 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2073 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2074 *
2075 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2076 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2077 */
2078 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2079
2080 /**
2081 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2082 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2083 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2084 * @since 1.27
2085 */
2086 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2087
2088 /**
2089 * File to log database errors to
2090 */
2091 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2092
2093 /**
2094 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2095 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2096 *
2097 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2098 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2099 *
2100 * @par Examples:
2101 * @code
2102 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2103 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2104 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2105 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2106 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2107 * @endcode
2108 *
2109 * @since 1.20
2110 */
2111 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2112
2113 /**
2114 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2115 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2116 *
2117 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2118 *
2119 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2120 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2121 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2122 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2123 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2124 *
2125 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2126 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2127 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2128 *
2129 * @deprecated since 1.31
2130 */
2131 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2132
2133 /**
2134 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2135 *
2136 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2137 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2138 * block).
2139 *
2140 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2141 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2142 * connections.
2143 *
2144 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2145 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2146 * pooled.
2147 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2148 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2149 *
2150 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2151 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2152 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2153 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2154 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2155 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2156 *
2157 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2158 */
2159 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2160
2161 /**
2162 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2163 *
2164 * Array numeric key => database name
2165 */
2166 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2167
2168 /**
2169 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2170 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2171 * show a more obvious warning.
2172 */
2173 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2174
2175 /**
2176 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2177 */
2178 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2179
2180 /**
2181 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2182 */
2183 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2184
2185 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2186
2187 /************************************************************************//**
2188 * @name Text storage
2189 * @{
2190 */
2191
2192 /**
2193 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2194 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2195 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2196 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2197 */
2198 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2199
2200 /**
2201 * External stores allow including content
2202 * from non database sources following URL links.
2203 *
2204 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2205 * @code
2206 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2207 * @endcode
2208 *
2209 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2210 */
2211 $wgExternalStores = [];
2212
2213 /**
2214 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2215 *
2216 * @par Example:
2217 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2218 * @code
2219 * $wgExternalServers = [
2220 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2221 * ];
2222 * @endcode
2223 *
2224 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2225 * another class.
2226 */
2227 $wgExternalServers = [];
2228
2229 /**
2230 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2231 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2232 *
2233 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2234 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2235 *
2236 * @par Example:
2237 * @code
2238 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2239 * @endcode
2240 *
2241 * @var array
2242 */
2243 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2244
2245 /**
2246 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2247 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2248 *
2249 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2250 */
2251 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2252
2253 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2254
2255 /************************************************************************//**
2256 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2257 * @{
2258 */
2259
2260 /**
2261 * Disable database-intensive features
2262 */
2263 $wgMiserMode = false;
2264
2265 /**
2266 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2267 */
2268 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2269
2270 /**
2271 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2272 */
2273 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2274
2275 /**
2276 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2277 */
2278 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2279
2280 /**
2281 * Enable slow parser functions
2282 */
2283 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2284
2285 /**
2286 * Allow schema updates
2287 */
2288 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2289
2290 /**
2291 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2292 */
2293 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2294
2295 /**
2296 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2297 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2298 */
2299 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2300
2301 /**
2302 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2303 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2304 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2305 * @since 1.26
2306 */
2307 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2308
2309 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2310
2311 /************************************************************************//**
2312 * @name Cache settings
2313 * @{
2314 */
2315
2316 /**
2317 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2318 * from the web.
2319 *
2320 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2321 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2322 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2323 */
2324 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2325
2326 /**
2327 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2328 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2329 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2330 *
2331 * The options are:
2332 *
2333 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2334 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2335 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2336 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2337 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2338 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2339 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2340 *
2341 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2342 */
2343 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2344
2345 /**
2346 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2347 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2348 *
2349 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2350 */
2351 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2352
2353 /**
2354 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2355 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2356 *
2357 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2358 */
2359 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2360
2361 /**
2362 * The cache type for storing session data.
2363 *
2364 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2365 */
2366 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2367
2368 /**
2369 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2370 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2371 *
2372 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2373 *
2374 * @since 1.20
2375 */
2376 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2377
2378 /**
2379 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2380 *
2381 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2382 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2383 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2384 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2385 *
2386 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2387 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2388 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2389 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2390 */
2391 $wgObjectCaches = [
2392 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2393 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2394
2395 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2396 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2397 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2398
2399 'db-replicated' => [
2400 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2401 'readFactory' => [
2402 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2403 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2404 ],
2405 'writeFactory' => [
2406 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2407 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2408 ],
2409 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2410 'reportDupes' => false
2411 ],
2412
2413 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2414 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2415 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2416 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2417 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2418 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2419 ];
2420
2421 /**
2422 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2423 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2424 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2425 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2426 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2427 *
2428 * The options are:
2429 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2430 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2431 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2432 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2433 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2434 * @since 1.26
2435 */
2436 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2437
2438 /**
2439 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2440 *
2441 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2442 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2443 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2444 *
2445 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2446 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2447 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2448 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2449 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2450 *
2451 * @since 1.26
2452 */
2453 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2454 CACHE_NONE => [
2455 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2456 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2457 'channels' => []
2458 ]
2459 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2460 'memcached-php' => [
2461 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2462 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2463 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2464 ]
2465 */
2466 ];
2467
2468 /**
2469 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2470 *
2471 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2472 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2473 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2474 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2475 *
2476 * @var bool
2477 * @since 1.29
2478 */
2479 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2480
2481 /**
2482 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2483 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2484 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2485 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2486 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2487 *
2488 * The options are:
2489 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2490 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2491 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2492 *
2493 * @since 1.26
2494 */
2495 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2496
2497 /**
2498 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2499 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2500 */
2501 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2502
2503 /**
2504 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2505 */
2506 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2507
2508 /**
2509 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2510 */
2511 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2512
2513 /**
2514 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2515 */
2516 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2517
2518 /**
2519 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2520 *
2521 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2522 *
2523 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2524 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2525 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2526 * others' cookies.
2527 *
2528 * @since 1.27
2529 * @var string
2530 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2531 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2532 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2533 */
2534 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2535
2536 /**
2537 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2538 *
2539 * @since 1.28
2540 */
2541 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2542
2543 /**
2544 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2545 */
2546 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2547
2548 /**
2549 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2550 */
2551 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2552
2553 /**
2554 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2555 * requests.
2556 */
2557 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2558
2559 /**
2560 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2561 */
2562 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2563
2564 /**
2565 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2566 *
2567 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2568 *
2569 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2570 *
2571 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2572 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2573 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2574 */
2575 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2576
2577 /**
2578 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2579 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2580 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2581 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2582 */
2583 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2584
2585 /**
2586 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2587 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2588 *
2589 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2590 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2591 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2592 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2593 * otherwise the database will be used.
2594 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2595 * store static arrays.
2596 *
2597 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2598 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2599 *
2600 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2601 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2602 * will be used.
2603 *
2604 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2605 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2606 */
2607 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2608 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2609 'store' => 'detect',
2610 'storeClass' => false,
2611 'storeDirectory' => false,
2612 'manualRecache' => false,
2613 ];
2614
2615 /**
2616 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2617 */
2618 $wgCachePages = true;
2619
2620 /**
2621 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2622 * client-side and server-side caching.
2623 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2624 * @verbatim
2625 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2626 * @endverbatim
2627 */
2628 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2629
2630 /**
2631 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2632 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2633 */
2634 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2635
2636 /**
2637 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2638 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2639 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2640 */
2641 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2642
2643 /**
2644 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2645 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2646 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2647 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2648 */
2649 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2650
2651 /**
2652 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2653 * @deprecated since 1.26
2654 */
2655 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2656
2657 /**
2658 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2659 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2660 */
2661 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2662
2663 /**
2664 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2665 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2666 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2667 *
2668 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2669 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2670 * don't update as expected.
2671 */
2672 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2673
2674 /**
2675 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2676 */
2677 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2678
2679 /**
2680 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2681 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2682 *
2683 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2684 */
2685 $wgUseGzip = false;
2686
2687 /**
2688 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2689 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2690 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2691 * a grace period.
2692 */
2693 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2694
2695 /**
2696 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2697 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2698 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2699 *
2700 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2701 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2702 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2703 */
2704 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2705
2706 /**
2707 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2708 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2709 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2710 *
2711 * @par Example:
2712 * @code
2713 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2714 * @endcode
2715 *
2716 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2717 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2718 *
2719 * @var int|bool
2720 */
2721 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2722
2723 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2724
2725 /************************************************************************//**
2726 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2727 *
2728 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2729 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2730 *
2731 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2732 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2733 * more details.
2734 *
2735 * @{
2736 */
2737
2738 /**
2739 * Enable/disable CDN.
2740 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2741 */
2742 $wgUseSquid = false;
2743
2744 /**
2745 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2746 */
2747 $wgUseESI = false;
2748
2749 /**
2750 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2751 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2752 * @since 1.27
2753 */
2754 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2755
2756 /**
2757 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2758 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2759 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2760 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2761 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2762 * HTTP redirects.
2763 */
2764 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2765
2766 /**
2767 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2768 *
2769 * @par Example:
2770 * @code
2771 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2772 * @endcode
2773 */
2774 $wgInternalServer = false;
2775
2776 /**
2777 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2778 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2779 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2780 *
2781 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2782 */
2783 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2784
2785 /**
2786 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2787 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2788 * @since 1.27
2789 */
2790 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2791
2792 /**
2793 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2794 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2795 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2796 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2797 *
2798 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2799 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2800 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2801 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2802 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2803 *
2804 * @since 1.27
2805 */
2806 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2807
2808 /**
2809 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2810 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2811 * @since 1.27
2812 */
2813 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2814
2815 /**
2816 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2817 *
2818 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2819 */
2820 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2821
2822 /**
2823 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2824 *
2825 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2826 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2827 *
2828 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2829 */
2830 $wgSquidServers = [];
2831
2832 /**
2833 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2834 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2835 * CIDR blocks.
2836 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2837 */
2838 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2839
2840 /**
2841 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2842 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2843 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2844 *
2845 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2846 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2847 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2848 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2849 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2850 *
2851 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2852 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2853 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2854 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2855 * reverse).
2856 *
2857 * @since 1.21
2858 */
2859 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2860
2861 /**
2862 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2863 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2864 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2865 *
2866 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2867 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2868 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2869 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2870 *
2871 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2872 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2873 * @code
2874 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2875 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2876 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2877 * 'port' => 4827,
2878 * ],
2879 * '' => [
2880 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2881 * 'port' => 4827,
2882 * ],
2883 * ];
2884 * @endcode
2885 *
2886 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2887 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2888 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2889 *
2890 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2891 * @code
2892 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2893 * '' => [
2894 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2895 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2896 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2897 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2898 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2899 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2900 * ],
2901 * ];
2902 * @endcode
2903 *
2904 * @since 1.22
2905 *
2906 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2907 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2908 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2909 *
2910 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2911 */
2912 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2913
2914 /**
2915 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2916 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2917 */
2918 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2919
2920 /**
2921 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2922 */
2923 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2924
2925 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2926
2927 /************************************************************************//**
2928 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2929 * @{
2930 */
2931
2932 /**
2933 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2934 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2935 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2936 *
2937 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2938 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2939 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2940 *
2941 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2942 * change it in their preferences.
2943 *
2944 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2945 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2946 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2947 */
2948 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2949
2950 /**
2951 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2952 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2953 */
2954 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2955
2956 /**
2957 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2958 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2959 *
2960 * @par Example:
2961 * @code
2962 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2963 * @endcode
2964 */
2965 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2966
2967 /**
2968 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2969 */
2970 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2971
2972 /**
2973 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2974 */
2975 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2976
2977 /**
2978 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2979 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2980 * Notes:
2981 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2982 * map.
2983 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2984 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2985 * this array.
2986 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2987 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2988 * the prefix in this array.
2989 */
2990 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2991
2992 /**
2993 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2994 */
2995 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2996
2997 /**
2998 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2999 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
3000 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
3001 *
3002 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
3003 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
3004 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
3005 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
3006 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
3007 *
3008 * @since 1.29
3009 */
3010 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
3011 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
3012 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
3013 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
3014 ];
3015
3016 /**
3017 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
3018 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
3019 *
3020 * @deprecated since 1.29
3021 */
3022 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
3023
3024 /**
3025 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
3026 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3027 * set to "ar".
3028 *
3029 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
3030 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
3031 */
3032 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
3033
3034 /**
3035 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
3036 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3037 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
3038 * support these characters.
3039 *
3040 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
3041 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
3042 */
3043 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
3044
3045 /**
3046 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
3047 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
3048 * impact.
3049 *
3050 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
3051 * details.
3052 *
3053 * @since 1.17
3054 */
3055 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
3056
3057 /**
3058 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3059 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3060 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3061 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3062 *
3063 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3064 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3065 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3066 */
3067 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3068
3069 /**
3070 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3071 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3072 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3073 *
3074 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3075 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3076 * to remain viewable.
3077 *
3078 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3079 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3080 */
3081 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3082
3083 /**
3084 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3085 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3086 */
3087 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3088
3089 /**
3090 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3091 * numerals in interface.
3092 */
3093 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3094
3095 /**
3096 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3097 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3098 */
3099 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3100
3101 /**
3102 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3103 */
3104 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3105
3106 /**
3107 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3108 */
3109 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3110
3111 /**
3112 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3113 */
3114 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3115
3116 /**
3117 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3118 */
3119 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3120
3121 /**
3122 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3123 */
3124 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3125
3126 /**
3127 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3128 * used to ease variant development work.
3129 */
3130 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3131
3132 /**
3133 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3134 *
3135 * @par Example:
3136 * @code
3137 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3138 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3139 * @endcode
3140 */
3141 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3142
3143 /**
3144 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3145 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3146 * language variant.
3147 *
3148 * @par Example:
3149 * @code
3150 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3151 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3152 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3153 * @endcode
3154 *
3155 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3156 *
3157 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3158 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3159 */
3160 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3161
3162 /**
3163 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3164 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3165 * customise these.
3166 */
3167 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3168
3169 /**
3170 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3171 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3172 *
3173 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3174 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3175 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3176 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3177 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3178 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3179 * the default behavior.
3180 *
3181 * @par Example:
3182 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3183 * portal:
3184 * @code
3185 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3186 * @endcode
3187 */
3188 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3189
3190 /**
3191 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3192 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3193 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3194 *
3195 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3196 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3197 *
3198 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3199 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3200 *
3201 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3202 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3203 *
3204 * @par Examples:
3205 * @code
3206 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3207 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3208 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3209 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3210 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3211 * @endcode
3212 */
3213 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3214
3215 /**
3216 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3217 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3218 *
3219 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3220 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3221 *
3222 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3223 */
3224 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3225
3226 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3227
3228 /*************************************************************************//**
3229 * @name Output format and skin settings
3230 * @{
3231 */
3232
3233 /**
3234 * The default Content-Type header.
3235 */
3236 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3237
3238 /**
3239 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3240 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3241 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3242 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3243 * @deprecated since 1.22
3244 */
3245 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3246
3247 /**
3248 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3249 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3250 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3251 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3252 * @deprecated since 1.22
3253 */
3254 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3255
3256 /**
3257 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3258 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3259 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3260 * to true by Setup.php.
3261 * @deprecated since 1.22
3262 */
3263 $wgHtml5 = true;
3264
3265 /**
3266 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3267 *
3268 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3269 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3270 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3271 * @since 1.16
3272 */
3273 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3274
3275 /**
3276 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3277 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3278 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3279 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3280 * @since 1.24
3281 */
3282 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3283
3284 /**
3285 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3286 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3287 * stable and change has been communicated.
3288 * @since 1.24
3289 */
3290 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3291
3292 /**
3293 * Temporary variable that determines whether Special:Preferences should use OOUI or not.
3294 * This will be removed later and OOUI will become the only option.
3295 *
3296 * @since 1.32
3297 */
3298 $wgOOUIPreferences = false;
3299
3300 /**
3301 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3302 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3303 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3304 *
3305 * @since 1.28
3306 */
3307 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3308
3309 /**
3310 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3311 *
3312 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3313 *
3314 * @par Example:
3315 * @code
3316 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3317 * @endcode
3318 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3319 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3320 *
3321 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3322 */
3323 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3324
3325 /**
3326 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3327 *
3328 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3329 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3330 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3331 */
3332 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3333
3334 /**
3335 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3336 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3337 */
3338 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3339
3340 /**
3341 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3342 *
3343 * @since 1.24
3344 */
3345 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3346
3347 /**
3348 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3349 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3350 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3351 */
3352 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3353
3354 /**
3355 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3356 */
3357 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3358
3359 /**
3360 * Allow user Javascript page?
3361 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3362 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3363 */
3364 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3365
3366 /**
3367 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3368 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3369 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3370 */
3371 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3372
3373 /**
3374 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3375 *
3376 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3377 * are availabe to users.
3378 */
3379 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3380
3381 /**
3382 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3383 */
3384 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3385
3386 /**
3387 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3388 */
3389 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3390
3391 /**
3392 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3393 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3394 */
3395 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3396
3397 /**
3398 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3399 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3400 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3401 *
3402 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3403 *
3404 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3405 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3406 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3407 *
3408 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3409 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3410 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3411 * recommended.
3412 *
3413 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3414 * not just edit pages.
3415 */
3416 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3417
3418 /**
3419 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3420 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3421 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3422 * Options are:
3423 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3424 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3425 * - false: Allow all framing.
3426 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3427 */
3428 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3429
3430 /**
3431 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3432 */
3433 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3434
3435 /**
3436 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3437 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3438 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3439 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3440 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3441 *
3442 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3443 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3444 * a page.
3445 *
3446 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3447 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3448 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3449 * would still work.
3450 *
3451 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3452 *
3453 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3454 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3455 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3456 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3457 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3458 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3459 * fragment mode is used.
3460 *
3461 * @since 1.30
3462 */
3463 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3464
3465 /**
3466 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3467 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3468 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3469 * to 'html5'.
3470 *
3471 * @since 1.30
3472 */
3473 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3474
3475 /**
3476 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3477 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3478 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3479 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3480 *
3481 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3482 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3483 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3484 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3485 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3486 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3487 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3488 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3489 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3490 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3491 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3492 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3493 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3494 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3495 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3496 * not be outputted
3497 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3498 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3499 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3500 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3501 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3502 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3503 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3504 */
3505 $wgFooterIcons = [
3506 "copyright" => [
3507 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3508 ],
3509 "poweredby" => [
3510 "mediawiki" => [
3511 // Defaults to point at
3512 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3513 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3514 "src" => null,
3515 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3516 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3517 ]
3518 ],
3519 ];
3520
3521 /**
3522 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3523 * to create an account.
3524 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3525 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3526 */
3527 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3528
3529 /**
3530 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3531 */
3532 $wgEdititis = false;
3533
3534 /**
3535 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3536 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3537 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3538 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3539 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3540 *
3541 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3542 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3543 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3544 */
3545 $wgSend404Code = true;
3546
3547 /**
3548 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3549 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3550 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3551 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3552 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3553 *
3554 * @since 1.20
3555 */
3556 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3557
3558 /**
3559 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3560 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3561 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3562 * unconditionally.
3563 */
3564 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3565
3566 /**
3567 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3568 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3569 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3570 * the domain root.
3571 *
3572 * @since 1.25
3573 */
3574 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3575
3576 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3577
3578 /*************************************************************************//**
3579 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3580 * @{
3581 */
3582
3583 /**
3584 * Client-side resource modules.
3585 *
3586 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3587 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3588 *
3589 * @par Example:
3590 * @code
3591 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3592 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3593 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3594 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3595 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3596 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3597 * ];
3598 * @endcode
3599 */
3600 $wgResourceModules = [];
3601
3602 /**
3603 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3604 *
3605 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3606 * not be modified or disabled.
3607 *
3608 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3609 *
3610 * @par Example:
3611 * @code
3612 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3613 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3614 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3615 * ];
3616 *
3617 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3618 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3619 * ];
3620 * @endcode
3621 *
3622 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3623 *
3624 * @par Equivalent:
3625 * @code
3626 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3627 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3628 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3629 * 'skinStyles' => [
3630 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3631 * ],
3632 * ];
3633 * @endcode
3634 *
3635 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3636 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3637 *
3638 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3639 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3640 *
3641 * @par Example:
3642 * @code
3643 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3644 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3645 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3646 * 'skinStyles' => [
3647 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3648 * ],
3649 * ];
3650 * // Note the '+' character:
3651 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3652 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3653 * ];
3654 * @endcode
3655 *
3656 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3657 *
3658 * @par Equivalent:
3659 * @code
3660 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3661 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3662 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3663 * 'skinStyles' => [
3664 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3665 * 'foo' => [
3666 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3667 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3668 * ],
3669 * ],
3670 * ];
3671 * @endcode
3672 *
3673 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3674 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3675 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3676 *
3677 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3678 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3679 *
3680 * @par Example:
3681 * @code
3682 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3683 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3684 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3685 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3686 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3687 * ];
3688 * @endcode
3689 */
3690 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3691
3692 /**
3693 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3694 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3695 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3696 *
3697 * @par Example:
3698 * @code
3699 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3700 * @endcode
3701 */
3702 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3703
3704 /**
3705 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3706 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3707 */
3708 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3709
3710 /**
3711 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3712 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3713 *
3714 * Following options to distinguish:
3715 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3716 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3717 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3718 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3719 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3720 *
3721 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3722 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3723 * client and MediaWiki.
3724 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3725 */
3726 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3727 'versioned' => [
3728 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3729 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3730 ],
3731 'unversioned' => [
3732 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3733 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3734 ],
3735 ];
3736
3737 /**
3738 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3739 *
3740 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3741 */
3742 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3743
3744 /**
3745 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3746 *
3747 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3748 */
3749 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3750
3751 /**
3752 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3753 *
3754 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3755 * work.
3756 *
3757 * @par Example of legacy code:
3758 * @code{,js}
3759 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3760 * @endcode
3761 * or:
3762 * @code{,js}
3763 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3764 * @endcode
3765 *
3766 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3767 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3768 * @code{,js}
3769 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3770 * @endcode
3771 * or:
3772 * @code{,js}
3773 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3774 * @endcode
3775 */
3776 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3777
3778 /**
3779 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3780 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3781 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3782 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3783 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3784 * that you can't increase.
3785 *
3786 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3787 * string length limit.
3788 *
3789 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3790 */
3791 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3792
3793 /**
3794 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3795 * prior to minification to validate it.
3796 *
3797 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3798 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3799 */
3800 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3801
3802 /**
3803 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3804 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3805 *
3806 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3807 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3808 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3809 */
3810 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3811
3812 /**
3813 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3814 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3815 */
3816 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3817
3818 /**
3819 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3820 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3821 *
3822 * @since 1.23
3823 */
3824 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3825
3826 /**
3827 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3828 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3829 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3830 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3831 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3832 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3833 * from the rest of the site.
3834 *
3835 * @since 1.25
3836 */
3837 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3838
3839 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3840
3841 /*************************************************************************//**
3842 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3843 * @{
3844 */
3845
3846 /**
3847 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3848 * used instead.
3849 */
3850 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3851
3852 /**
3853 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3854 *
3855 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3856 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3857 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3858 */
3859 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3860
3861 /**
3862 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3863 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3864 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3865 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3866 * hook or extension.json.
3867 *
3868 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3869 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3870 * the new namespace name.
3871 *
3872 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3873 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3874 *
3875 * @par Example:
3876 * @code
3877 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3878 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3879 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3880 * 102 => "Aide",
3881 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3882 * ];
3883 * @endcode
3884 *
3885 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3886 */
3887 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3888
3889 /**
3890 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3891 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3892 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3893 * @since 1.18
3894 */
3895 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3896
3897 /**
3898 * Namespace aliases.
3899 *
3900 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3901 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3902 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3903 * name.
3904 *
3905 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3906 *
3907 * @par Example:
3908 * @code
3909 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3910 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3911 * 'Help' => 100,
3912 * ];
3913 * @endcode
3914 */
3915 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3916
3917 /**
3918 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3919 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3920 *
3921 * Problematic punctuation:
3922 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3923 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3924 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3925 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3926 * corrupted by apache
3927 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3928 *
3929 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3930 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3931 *
3932 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3933 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3934 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3935 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3936 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3937 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3938 *
3939 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3940 */
3941 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3942
3943 /**
3944 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3945 *
3946 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3947 */
3948 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3949
3950 /**
3951 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3952 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3953 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3954 *
3955 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3956 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3957 */
3958 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3959
3960 /**
3961 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3962 */
3963 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3964
3965 /**
3966 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3967 * @{
3968 */
3969
3970 /**
3971 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3972 * database (.cdb) file.
3973 *
3974 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3975 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3976 * formats such as the following:
3977 *
3978 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3979 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3980 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3981 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3982 *
3983 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3984 * data layout.
3985 *
3986 * @var bool|array|string
3987 */
3988 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3989
3990 /**
3991 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3992 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3993 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3994 * - 3: site levels
3995 */
3996 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3997
3998 /**
3999 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
4000 */
4001 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4002
4003 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4004
4005 /**
4006 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
4007 * @{
4008 */
4009
4010 /**
4011 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4012 */
4013 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4014
4015 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4016
4017 /**
4018 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4019 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4020 * as 'redirected from' links.
4021 *
4022 * @par Example:
4023 * It might look something like this:
4024 * @code
4025 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4026 * @endcode
4027 *
4028 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4029 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4030 * the URL.
4031 */
4032 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4033
4034 /**
4035 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4036 *
4037 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4038 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4039 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4040 */
4041 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4042
4043 /**
4044 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4045 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4046 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4047 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4048 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4049 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4050 * NS_FILE.
4051 *
4052 * @par Example:
4053 * @code
4054 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4055 * @endcode
4056 */
4057 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4058
4059 /**
4060 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4061 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4062 */
4063 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4064 NS_TALK => true,
4065 NS_USER => true,
4066 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4067 NS_PROJECT => true,
4068 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4069 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4070 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4071 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4072 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4073 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4074 NS_HELP => true,
4075 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4076 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4077 ];
4078
4079 /**
4080 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4081 *
4082 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4083 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4084 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4085 *
4086 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4087 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4088 *
4089 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4090 * the new extension registration system.
4091 *
4092 * @since 1.23
4093 */
4094 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4095
4096 /**
4097 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4098 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4099 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4100 * number of articles in the wiki.
4101 */
4102 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4103
4104 /**
4105 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4106 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4107 * be shown on that page.
4108 * @since 1.30
4109 */
4110 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4111
4112 /**
4113 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4114 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4115 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4116 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4117 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4118 */
4119 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4120
4121 /**
4122 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4123 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4124 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4125 */
4126 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4127
4128 /**
4129 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4130 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4131 * will make the redirect fail.
4132 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4133 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4134 *
4135 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4136 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4137 */
4138 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4139
4140 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4141
4142 /************************************************************************//**
4143 * @name Parser settings
4144 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4145 * @{
4146 */
4147
4148 /**
4149 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4150 *
4151 * class The class name
4152 *
4153 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4154 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4155 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4156 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4157 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4158 *
4159 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4160 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4161 *
4162 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4163 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4164 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4165 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4166 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4167 * an extension setup function.
4168 */
4169 $wgParserConf = [
4170 'class' => Parser::class,
4171 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4172 ];
4173
4174 /**
4175 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4176 */
4177 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4178
4179 /**
4180 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4181 * by PPFrame::expand()
4182 */
4183 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4184
4185 /**
4186 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4187 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4188 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4189 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4190 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4191 *
4192 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4193 */
4194 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4195
4196 /**
4197 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4198 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4199 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4200 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4201 */
4202 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4203
4204 /**
4205 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4206 */
4207 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4208
4209 /**
4210 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4211 *
4212 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4213 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4214 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4215 * more information.
4216 *
4217 * @see wfParseUrl
4218 */
4219 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4220 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4221 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4222 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4223 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4224 ];
4225
4226 /**
4227 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4228 */
4229 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4230
4231 /**
4232 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4233 */
4234 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4235
4236 /**
4237 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4238 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4239 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4240 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4241 *
4242 * @par Examples:
4243 * @code
4244 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4245 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4246 * @endcode
4247 */
4248 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4249
4250 /**
4251 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4252 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4253 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4254 * The image will be displayed.
4255 *
4256 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4257 * Or false to disable it
4258 */
4259 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4260
4261 /**
4262 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4263 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4264 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4265 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4266 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4267 * sites they control.
4268 */
4269 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4270
4271 /**
4272 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4273 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4274 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4275 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4276 *
4277 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4278 * parameters will be used instead.
4279 *
4280 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4281 *
4282 * Keys are:
4283 * - driver: May be:
4284 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4285 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4286 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4287 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4288 *
4289 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4290 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4291 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4292 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4293 */
4294 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4295
4296 /**
4297 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4298 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4299 */
4300 $wgUseTidy = false;
4301
4302 /**
4303 * The path to the tidy binary.
4304 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4305 */
4306 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4307
4308 /**
4309 * The path to the tidy config file
4310 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4311 */
4312 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4313
4314 /**
4315 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4316 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4317 */
4318 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4319
4320 /**
4321 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4322 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4323 */
4324 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4325
4326 /**
4327 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4328 * Only works for internal tidy.
4329 */
4330 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4331
4332 /**
4333 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4334 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4335 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4336 */
4337 $wgRawHtml = false;
4338
4339 /**
4340 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4341 *
4342 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4343 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4344 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4345 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4346 * to some of your users.
4347 */
4348 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4349
4350 /**
4351 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4352 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4353 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4354 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4355 */
4356 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4357
4358 /**
4359 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4360 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4361 */
4362 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4363
4364 /**
4365 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4366 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4367 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4368 *
4369 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4370 *
4371 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4372 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4373 * etc.
4374 *
4375 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4376 */
4377 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4378
4379 /**
4380 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4381 */
4382 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4383
4384 /**
4385 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4386 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4387 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4388 */
4389 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4390
4391 /**
4392 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4393 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4394 */
4395 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4396
4397 /**
4398 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4399 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4400 */
4401 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4402
4403 /**
4404 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4405 */
4406 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4407
4408 /**
4409 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4410 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4411 */
4412 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4413
4414 /**
4415 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4416 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4417 *
4418 * @since 1.28
4419 */
4420 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4421 'ISBN' => false,
4422 'PMID' => false,
4423 'RFC' => false
4424 ];
4425
4426 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4427
4428 /************************************************************************//**
4429 * @name Statistics
4430 * @{
4431 */
4432
4433 /**
4434 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4435 * as a valid article.
4436 *
4437 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4438 *
4439 * This variable can have the following values:
4440 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4441 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4442 *
4443 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4444 *
4445 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4446 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4447 * script.
4448 */
4449 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4450
4451 /**
4452 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4453 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4454 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4455 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4456 * numbers between different wikis.
4457 */
4458 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4459
4460 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4461
4462 /************************************************************************//**
4463 * @name User accounts, authentication
4464 * @{
4465 */
4466
4467 /**
4468 * Central ID lookup providers
4469 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4470 * @since 1.27
4471 */
4472 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4473 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4474 ];
4475
4476 /**
4477 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4478 * @var string
4479 */
4480 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4481
4482 /**
4483 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4484 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4485 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4486 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4487 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4488 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4489 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4490 * Statements:
4491 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4492 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4493 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4494 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4495 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4496 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4497 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4498 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4499 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4500 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4501 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4502 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4503 * @since 1.26
4504 */
4505 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4506 'policies' => [
4507 'bureaucrat' => [
4508 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4509 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4510 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4511 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4512 ],
4513 'sysop' => [
4514 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4515 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4516 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4517 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4518 ],
4519 'interface-admin' => [
4520 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4521 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4522 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4523 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4524 ],
4525 'bot' => [
4526 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4527 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4528 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4529 ],
4530 'default' => [
4531 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4532 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4533 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4534 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4535 ],
4536 ],
4537 'checks' => [
4538 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4539 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4540 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4541 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4542 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4543 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4544 ],
4545 ];
4546
4547 /**
4548 * Configure AuthManager
4549 *
4550 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4551 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4552 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4553 * (default is 0).
4554 *
4555 * Elements are:
4556 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4557 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4558 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4559 *
4560 * @since 1.27
4561 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4562 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4563 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4564 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4565 */
4566 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4567
4568 /**
4569 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4570 * @since 1.27
4571 */
4572 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4573 'preauth' => [
4574 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4575 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4576 'sort' => 0,
4577 ],
4578 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4579 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4580 'sort' => 0,
4581 ],
4582 ],
4583 'primaryauth' => [
4584 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4585 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4586 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4587 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4588 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4589 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4590 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4591 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4592 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4593 'args' => [ [
4594 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4595 'authoritative' => false,
4596 ] ],
4597 'sort' => 0,
4598 ],
4599 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4600 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4601 'args' => [ [
4602 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4603 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4604 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4605 // password") if it too fails.
4606 'authoritative' => true,
4607 ] ],
4608 'sort' => 100,
4609 ],
4610 ],
4611 'secondaryauth' => [
4612 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4613 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4614 'sort' => 0,
4615 ],
4616 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4617 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4618 'sort' => 100,
4619 ],
4620 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4621 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4622 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4623 // 'sort' => 100,
4624 // ],
4625 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4626 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4627 'sort' => 200,
4628 ],
4629 ],
4630 ];
4631
4632 /**
4633 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4634 *
4635 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4636 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4637 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4638 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4639 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4640 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4641 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4642 * that needs to do this.
4643 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4644 * the last X seconds.
4645 * - Come up with a third option.
4646 *
4647 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4648 * "X seconds".
4649 *
4650 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4651 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4652 * - LinkAccounts
4653 * - UnlinkAccount
4654 * - ChangeCredentials
4655 * - RemoveCredentials
4656 * - ChangeEmail
4657 *
4658 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4659 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4660 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4661 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4662 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4663 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4664 *
4665 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4666 *
4667 * @since 1.27
4668 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4669 */
4670 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4671 'default' => 300,
4672 ];
4673
4674 /**
4675 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4676 *
4677 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4678 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4679 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4680 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4681 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4682 *
4683 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4684 *
4685 * @since 1.27
4686 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4687 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4688 */
4689 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4690 'default' => true,
4691 ];
4692
4693 /**
4694 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4695 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4696 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4697 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4698 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4699 * @since 1.27
4700 * @var string[]
4701 */
4702 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4703 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4704 ];
4705
4706 /**
4707 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4708 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4709 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4710 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4711 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4712 * @since 1.27
4713 * @var string[]
4714 */
4715 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4716 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4717 ];
4718
4719 /**
4720 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4721 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4722 */
4723 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4724
4725 /**
4726 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4727 * words are allowed.
4728 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4729 */
4730 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4731
4732 /**
4733 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4734 *
4735 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4736 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4737 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4738 *
4739 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4740 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4741 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4742 */
4743 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4744
4745 /**
4746 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4747 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4748 * @since 1.23
4749 */
4750 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4751
4752 /**
4753 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4754 *
4755 * @since 1.24
4756 */
4757 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4758
4759 /**
4760 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4761 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4762 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4763 *
4764 * An advanced example:
4765 * @code
4766 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4767 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4768 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4769 * 'secrets' => [
4770 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4771 * ],
4772 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4773 * ];
4774 * @endcode
4775 *
4776 * @since 1.24
4777 */
4778 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4779 'A' => [
4780 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4781 ],
4782 'B' => [
4783 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4784 ],
4785 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4786 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4787 'types' => [
4788 'A',
4789 'pbkdf2',
4790 ],
4791 ],
4792 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4793 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4794 'types' => [
4795 'B',
4796 'pbkdf2',
4797 ],
4798 ],
4799 'bcrypt' => [
4800 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4801 'cost' => 9,
4802 ],
4803 'pbkdf2' => [
4804 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4805 'algo' => 'sha512',
4806 'cost' => '30000',
4807 'length' => '64',
4808 ],
4809 ];
4810
4811 /**
4812 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4813 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4814 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4815 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4816 */
4817 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4818 'username' => true,
4819 'email' => true,
4820 ];
4821
4822 /**
4823 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4824 */
4825 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4826
4827 /**
4828 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4829 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4830 */
4831 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4832
4833 /**
4834 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4835 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4836 */
4837 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4838 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4839 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4840 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4841 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4842 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4843 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4844 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4845 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4846 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4847 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4848 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4849 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4850 ];
4851
4852 /**
4853 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4854 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4855 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4856 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4857 */
4858 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4859 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4860 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4861 'date' => 'default',
4862 'diffonly' => 0,
4863 'disablemail' => 0,
4864 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4865 'editondblclick' => 0,
4866 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4867 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4868 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4869 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4870 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4871 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4872 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4873 'fancysig' => 0,
4874 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4875 'gender' => 'unknown',
4876 'hideminor' => 0,
4877 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4878 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4879 'imagesize' => 2,
4880 'minordefault' => 0,
4881 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4882 'nickname' => '',
4883 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4884 'numberheadings' => 0,
4885 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4886 'previewontop' => 1,
4887 'rcdays' => 7,
4888 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4889 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4890 'rclimit' => 50,
4891 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4892 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4893 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4894 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4895 'skin' => false,
4896 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4897 'thumbsize' => 5,
4898 'underline' => 2,
4899 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4900 'usenewrc' => 1,
4901 'watchcreations' => 1,
4902 'watchdefault' => 1,
4903 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4904 'watchuploads' => 1,
4905 'watchlistdays' => 7.0,
4906 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4907 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4908 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4909 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4910 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4911 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4912 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4913 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4914 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4915 'watchmoves' => 0,
4916 'watchrollback' => 0,
4917 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4918 'wllimit' => 250,
4919 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4920 'prefershttps' => 1,
4921 ];
4922
4923 /**
4924 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4925 */
4926 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4927
4928 /**
4929 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4930 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4931 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4932 */
4933 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4934
4935 /**
4936 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4937 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4938 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4939 *
4940 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4941 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4942 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4943 */
4944 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4945
4946 /**
4947 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4948 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4949 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4950 * @since 1.17
4951 */
4952 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4953
4954 /**
4955 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4956 *
4957 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4958 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4959 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4960 *
4961 * @since 1.27
4962 * @var string|null
4963 */
4964 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4965
4966 /**
4967 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4968 *
4969 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4970 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4971 *
4972 * @since 1.27
4973 */
4974 $wgSessionProviders = [
4975 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4976 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4977 'args' => [ [
4978 'priority' => 30,
4979 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4980 ] ],
4981 ],
4982 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4983 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4984 'args' => [ [
4985 'priority' => 75,
4986 ] ],
4987 ],
4988 ];
4989
4990 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4991
4992 /************************************************************************//**
4993 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4994 * @{
4995 */
4996
4997 /**
4998 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4999 */
5000 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
5001
5002 /**
5003 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
5004 */
5005 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5006
5007 /**
5008 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5009 */
5010 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5011
5012 /**
5013 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5014 *
5015 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5016 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5017 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5018 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5019 *
5020 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5021 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5022 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5023 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5024 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5025 */
5026 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5027 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5028 'IPv6' => 19,
5029 ];
5030
5031 /**
5032 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5033 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5034 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5035 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5036 * anonymous visitors.
5037 */
5038 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5039
5040 /**
5041 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5042 *
5043 * @par Example:
5044 * @code
5045 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5046 * @endcode
5047 *
5048 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5049 *
5050 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5051 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5052 *
5053 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5054 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5055 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5056 *
5057 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5058 * hook instead.
5059 */
5060 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5061
5062 /**
5063 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5064 *
5065 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5066 * is without underscore.
5067 *
5068 * @par Example:
5069 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5070 * @code
5071 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5072 * @endcode
5073 *
5074 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5075 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5076 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5077 *
5078 * @par Example:
5079 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5080 * @code
5081 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5082 * @endcode
5083 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5084 *
5085 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5086 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5087 */
5088 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5089
5090 /**
5091 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5092 * address before being allowed to edit?
5093 */
5094 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5095
5096 /**
5097 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5098 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5099 */
5100 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5101
5102 /**
5103 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5104 *
5105 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5106 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5107 *
5108 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5109 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5110 *
5111 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5112 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5113 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5114 * in in the user_groups table.
5115 *
5116 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5117 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5118 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5119 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5120 *
5121 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5122 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5123 *
5124 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5125 */
5126 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5127
5128 /** @cond file_level_code */
5129 // Implicit group for all visitors
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5141 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5142
5143 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5166
5167 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5170
5171 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5172 // from various log pages by default
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5181
5182 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5186 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5188 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5190 // can view deleted revision text
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsitejson'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5215 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5220 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5222 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5223 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5224 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5225 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5226 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5227
5228 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editinterface'] = true;
5229 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitecss'] = true;
5230 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejson'] = true;
5231 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejs'] = true;
5232 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editusercss'] = true;
5233 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjson'] = true;
5234 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjs'] = true;
5235
5236 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5237 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5238 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5239 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5240 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5241 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5242 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5243
5244 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5245 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5246 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5247 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5248 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5249 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5250 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5251 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5252 // For private suppression log access
5253 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5254
5255 /**
5256 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5257 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5258 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5259 * server.
5260 */
5261 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5262
5263 /** @endcond */
5264
5265 /**
5266 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5267 *
5268 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5269 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5270 *
5271 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5272 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5273 */
5274 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5275
5276 /**
5277 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5278 */
5279 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5280
5281 /**
5282 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5283 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5284 *
5285 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5286 * group".
5287 *
5288 * @par Example:
5289 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5290 * @code
5291 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5292 * @endcode
5293 *
5294 * @par Example:
5295 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5296 * @code
5297 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5298 * @endcode
5299 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5300 * any group that they happen to be in.
5301 */
5302 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5303
5304 /**
5305 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5306 */
5307 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5308
5309 /**
5310 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5311 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5312 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5313 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5314 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5315 */
5316 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5317
5318 /**
5319 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5320 *
5321 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5322 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5323 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5324 *
5325 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5326 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5327 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5328 */
5329 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5330
5331 /**
5332 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5333 *
5334 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5335 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5336 *
5337 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5338 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5339 */
5340 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5341
5342 /**
5343 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5344 *
5345 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5346 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5347 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5348 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5349 * "semiprotected".
5350 *
5351 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5352 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5353 */
5354 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5355
5356 /**
5357 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5358 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5359 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5360 *
5361 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5362 */
5363 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5364
5365 /**
5366 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5367 *
5368 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5369 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5370 *
5371 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5372 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5373 */
5374 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5375
5376 /**
5377 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5378 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5379 * privileges of new accounts.
5380 *
5381 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5382 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5383 *
5384 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5385 *
5386 * @par Example:
5387 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5388 * @code
5389 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5390 * @endcode
5391 * Set age to one day:
5392 * @code
5393 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5394 * @endcode
5395 */
5396 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5397
5398 /**
5399 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5400 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5401 *
5402 * @par Example:
5403 * @code
5404 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5405 * @endcode
5406 */
5407 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5408
5409 /**
5410 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5411 *
5412 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5413 *
5414 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5415 * 'groupname' => cond,
5416 * 'group2' => cond2,
5417 * );
5418 *
5419 * A `cond` may be:
5420 * - a single condition without arguments:
5421 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5422 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5423 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5424 * - a single condition with arguments:
5425 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5426 * - a set of conditions:
5427 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5428 *
5429 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5430 * - `&` (**AND**):
5431 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5432 * - `|` (**OR**):
5433 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5434 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5435 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5436 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5437 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5438 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5439 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5440 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5441 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5442 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5443 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5444 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5445 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5446 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5447 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5448 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5449 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5450 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5451 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5452 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5453 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5454 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5455 * true if the user is blocked
5456 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5457 * true if the user is a bot
5458 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5459 *
5460 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5461 * linked by operands.
5462 *
5463 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5464 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5465 */
5466 $wgAutopromote = [
5467 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5468 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5469 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5470 ],
5471 ];
5472
5473 /**
5474 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5475 *
5476 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5477 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5478 *
5479 * The format is:
5480 * @code
5481 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5482 * @endcode
5483 * Where event is either:
5484 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5485 *
5486 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5487 *
5488 * @see $wgAutopromote
5489 * @since 1.18
5490 */
5491 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5492 'onEdit' => [],
5493 ];
5494
5495 /**
5496 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5497 * @since 1.18
5498 */
5499 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5500
5501 /**
5502 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5503 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5504 *
5505 * @par Example:
5506 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5507 * @code
5508 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5509 * @endcode
5510 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5511 * @code
5512 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5513 * @endcode
5514 * Sysops can make bots:
5515 * @code
5516 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5517 * @endcode
5518 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5519 * @code
5520 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5521 * @endcode
5522 */
5523 $wgAddGroups = [];
5524
5525 /**
5526 * @see $wgAddGroups
5527 */
5528 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5529
5530 /**
5531 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5532 * For extensions only.
5533 */
5534 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5535
5536 /**
5537 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5538 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5539 */
5540 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5541
5542 /**
5543 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5544 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5545 * This is limited for performance reason.
5546 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5547 * @since 1.23
5548 */
5549 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5550
5551 /**
5552 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5553 *
5554 * @par Example:
5555 * @code
5556 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5557 * // no more than 100 per month
5558 * [
5559 * 'count' => 100,
5560 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5561 * ],
5562 * // no more than 10 per day
5563 * [
5564 * 'count' => 10,
5565 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5566 * ],
5567 * ];
5568 * @endcode
5569 *
5570 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5571 */
5572 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5573 'count' => 0,
5574 'seconds' => 86400,
5575 ] ];
5576
5577 /**
5578 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5579 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5580 *
5581 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5582 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5583 *
5584 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5585 *
5586 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5587 */
5588 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5589
5590 /**
5591 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5592 */
5593 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5594
5595 /**
5596 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5597 * proxies
5598 * @since 1.16
5599 */
5600 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5601
5602 /**
5603 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5604 *
5605 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5606 * the blacklist require a key).
5607 *
5608 * @par Example:
5609 * @code
5610 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5611 * // String containing URL
5612 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5613 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5614 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5615 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5616 * // just use a string as shown above
5617 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5618 * ];
5619 * @endcode
5620 *
5621 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5622 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5623 * @since 1.16
5624 */
5625 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5626
5627 /**
5628 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5629 * what the other methods might say.
5630 */
5631 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5632
5633 /**
5634 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5635 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5636 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5637 * @since 1.29
5638 * @var string[]
5639 */
5640 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5641
5642 /**
5643 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5644 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5645 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5646 */
5647 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5648
5649 /**
5650 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5651 *
5652 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5653 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5654 * elapses.
5655 *
5656 * @par Example:
5657 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5658 * @code
5659 * $wgRateLimits = [
5660 * 'edit' => [
5661 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5662 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5663 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5664 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5665 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5666 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5667 * ]
5668 * ];
5669 * @endcode
5670 *
5671 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5672 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5673 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5674 * @code
5675 * $wgRateLimits = [
5676 * 'some-action' => [
5677 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5678 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5679 * ];
5680 * @endcode
5681 *
5682 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5683 */
5684 $wgRateLimits = [
5685 // Page edits
5686 'edit' => [
5687 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5688 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5689 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5690 ],
5691 // Page moves
5692 'move' => [
5693 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5694 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5695 ],
5696 // File uploads
5697 'upload' => [
5698 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5699 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5700 ],
5701 // Page rollbacks
5702 'rollback' => [
5703 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5704 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5705 ],
5706 // Triggering password resets emails
5707 'mailpassword' => [
5708 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5709 ],
5710 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5711 'emailuser' => [
5712 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5713 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5714 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5715 ],
5716 // Purging pages
5717 'purge' => [
5718 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5719 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5720 ],
5721 // Purges of link tables
5722 'linkpurge' => [
5723 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5724 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5725 ],
5726 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5727 'renderfile' => [
5728 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5729 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5730 ],
5731 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5732 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5733 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5734 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5735 ],
5736 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5737 'stashedit' => [
5738 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5739 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5740 ],
5741 // Adding or removing change tags
5742 'changetag' => [
5743 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5744 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5745 ],
5746 // Changing the content model of a page
5747 'editcontentmodel' => [
5748 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5749 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5750 ],
5751 ];
5752
5753 /**
5754 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5755 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5756 */
5757 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5758
5759 /**
5760 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5761 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5762 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5763 */
5764 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5765
5766 /**
5767 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5768 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5769 */
5770 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5771
5772 /**
5773 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5774 *
5775 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5776 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5777 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5778 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5779 *
5780 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5781 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5782 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5783 */
5784 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5785 // Short term limit
5786 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5787 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5788 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5789 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5790 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5791 ];
5792
5793 /**
5794 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5795 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5796 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5797 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5798 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5799 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5800 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5801 * @since 1.27
5802 */
5803 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5804
5805 // @TODO: clean up grants
5806 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5807
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5818
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5823
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5828
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5831
5832 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5837
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5839
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editsitejson'] = true;
5844
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'];
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editusercss'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['edituserjs'] = true;
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitecss'] = true;
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitejs'] = true;
5850
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5858
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5861
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5868
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5870
5871 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5872
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5875
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5877 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5879
5880 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5881
5882 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5883 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5884 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5885 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5886 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5887 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5888 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5889
5890 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5891 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5892
5893 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5894
5895 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5896
5897 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5898
5899 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5900
5901 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5902
5903 /**
5904 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5905 * @since 1.27
5906 */
5907 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5908 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5909 'basic' => 'hidden',
5910
5911 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5912 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5913 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5914 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5915
5916 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5917 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5918
5919 'sendemail' => 'email',
5920
5921 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5922 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5923
5924 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5925 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5926
5927 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5928 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
5929 'rollback' => 'administration',
5930 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5931 'delete' => 'administration',
5932 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5933 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5934 'protect' => 'administration',
5935 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5936
5937 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5938
5939 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5940 ];
5941
5942 /**
5943 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5944 * @since 1.27
5945 */
5946 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5947
5948 /**
5949 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5950 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5951 * @since 1.27
5952 */
5953 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5954
5955 /**
5956 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5957 *
5958 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5959 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5960 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5961 * @since 1.27
5962 */
5963 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5964
5965 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5966
5967 /************************************************************************//**
5968 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5969 * @{
5970 */
5971
5972 /**
5973 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5974 */
5975 $wgSecretKey = false;
5976
5977 /**
5978 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5979 *
5980 * This can have the following formats:
5981 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5982 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5983 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5984 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5985 */
5986 $wgProxyList = [];
5987
5988 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5989
5990 /************************************************************************//**
5991 * @name Cookie settings
5992 * @{
5993 */
5994
5995 /**
5996 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5997 */
5998 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5999
6000 /**
6001 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
6002 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
6003 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
6004 * login cookies session-only.
6005 */
6006 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
6007
6008 /**
6009 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6010 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6011 */
6012 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6013
6014 /**
6015 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6016 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6017 */
6018 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6019
6020 /**
6021 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6022 * - true: Set secure flag
6023 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6024 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6025 */
6026 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6027
6028 /**
6029 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6030 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6031 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6032 * check.
6033 */
6034 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6035
6036 /**
6037 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6038 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6039 * name to be used as a prefix.
6040 */
6041 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6042
6043 /**
6044 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6045 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6046 * XSS attack.
6047 */
6048 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6049
6050 /**
6051 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6052 */
6053 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6054
6055 /**
6056 * Override to customise the session name
6057 */
6058 $wgSessionName = false;
6059
6060 /**
6061 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6062 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6063 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6064 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6065 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6066 */
6067 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6068
6069 /**
6070 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6071 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6072 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6073 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6074 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6075 */
6076 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6077
6078 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6079
6080 /************************************************************************//**
6081 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6082 * @{
6083 */
6084
6085 /**
6086 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6087 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6088 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6089 * Please see math/README for more information.
6090 */
6091 $wgUseTeX = false;
6092
6093 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6094
6095 /************************************************************************//**
6096 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6097 *
6098 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6099 *
6100 * @{
6101 */
6102
6103 /**
6104 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6105 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6106 * may contain private data.
6107 */
6108 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6109
6110 /**
6111 * Prefix for debug log lines
6112 */
6113 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6114
6115 /**
6116 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6117 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6118 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6119 */
6120 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6121
6122 /**
6123 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6124 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6125 * and gen=js requests.
6126 */
6127 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6128
6129 /**
6130 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6131 *
6132 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6133 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6134 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6135 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6136 */
6137 $wgDebugComments = false;
6138
6139 /**
6140 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6141 *
6142 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6143 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6144 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6145 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6146 */
6147 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6148
6149 /**
6150 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6151 *
6152 * @since 1.26
6153 */
6154 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6155 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6156 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6157 'GET' => [
6158 'masterConns' => 0,
6159 'writes' => 0,
6160 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6161 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6162 ],
6163 // HTTP POST requests.
6164 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6165 'POST' => [
6166 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6167 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6168 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6169 'maxAffected' => 1000
6170 ],
6171 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6172 'masterConns' => 0,
6173 'writes' => 0,
6174 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6175 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6176 ],
6177 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6178 'PostSend-GET' => [
6179 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6180 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6181 'readQueryRows' => 10000,
6182 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6183 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6184 'masterConns' => 0,
6185 'writes' => 0,
6186 ],
6187 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6188 'PostSend-POST' => [
6189 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6190 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6191 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6192 'maxAffected' => 1000
6193 ],
6194 // Background job runner
6195 'JobRunner' => [
6196 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6197 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6198 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6199 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6200 ],
6201 // Command-line scripts
6202 'Maintenance' => [
6203 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6204 'maxAffected' => 1000
6205 ]
6206 ];
6207
6208 /**
6209 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6210 *
6211 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6212 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6213 * in production.
6214 *
6215 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6216 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6217 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6218 * - associative array with keys:
6219 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6220 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6221 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6222 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6223 *
6224 * @par Example:
6225 * @code
6226 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6227 * @endcode
6228 *
6229 * @par Advanced example:
6230 * @code
6231 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6232 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6233 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6234 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6235 * ];
6236 * @endcode
6237 */
6238 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6239
6240 /**
6241 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6242 *
6243 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6244 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6245 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6246 * details.
6247 *
6248 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6249 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6250 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6251 *
6252 * @par To completely disable logging:
6253 * @code
6254 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6255 * @endcode
6256 *
6257 * @since 1.25
6258 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6259 * @see MwLogger
6260 */
6261 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6262 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6263 ];
6264
6265 /**
6266 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6267 *
6268 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6269 */
6270 $wgShowDebug = false;
6271
6272 /**
6273 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6274 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6275 */
6276 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6277
6278 /**
6279 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6280 */
6281 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6282
6283 /**
6284 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6285 */
6286 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6287
6288 /**
6289 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6290 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6291 * to an attacker.
6292 *
6293 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails and/or
6294 * $wgShowHostnames instead.
6295 */
6296 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6297
6298 /**
6299 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print the exception message and a
6300 * complete stack trace to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it
6301 * may reveal private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6302 * formatting. If set to false, only the exception's class will be shown.
6303 */
6304 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6305
6306 /**
6307 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6308 *
6309 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6310 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6311 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6312 * exception handler.
6313 *
6314 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails instead.
6315 */
6316 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6317
6318 /**
6319 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6320 */
6321 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6322
6323 /**
6324 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6325 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6326 */
6327 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6328
6329 /**
6330 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6331 */
6332 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6333
6334 /**
6335 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6336 * Should be a string, default false.
6337 * @since 1.20
6338 */
6339 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6340
6341 /**
6342 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6343 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6344 */
6345 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6346
6347 /**
6348 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6349 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6350 * after the limit.
6351 */
6352 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6353
6354 /**
6355 * Profiler configuration.
6356 *
6357 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6358 * For backwards-compatibility, it is also allowed to set the variable from
6359 * a separate file called StartProfiler.php, which MediaWiki will include.
6360 *
6361 * Example:
6362 *
6363 * @code
6364 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6365 * @endcode
6366 *
6367 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6368 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6369 *
6370 * @code
6371 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6372 * @endcode
6373 *
6374 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6375 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6376 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6377 *
6378 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6379 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6380 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6381 *
6382 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6383 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6384 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6385 *
6386 * @code
6387 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6388 * @endcode
6389 *
6390 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6391 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6392 *
6393 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6394 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6395 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6396 *
6397 * @code
6398 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6399 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6400 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6401 * @endcode
6402 *
6403 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6404 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6405 *
6406 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6407 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6408 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6409 *
6410 * @since 1.17.0
6411 */
6412 $wgProfiler = [];
6413
6414 /**
6415 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6416 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6417 */
6418 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6419
6420 /**
6421 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6422 *
6423 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6424 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6425 */
6426 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6427
6428 /**
6429 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6430 *
6431 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6432 *
6433 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6434 *
6435 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6436 * @since 1.25
6437 */
6438 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6439
6440 /**
6441 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6442 *
6443 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6444 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6445 * @since 1.25
6446 */
6447 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6448
6449 /**
6450 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6451 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6452 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6453 * @since 1.28
6454 */
6455 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6456 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6457 ];
6458
6459 /**
6460 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6461 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6462 * templates.
6463 */
6464 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6465
6466 /**
6467 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6468 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6469 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6470 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6471 */
6472 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6473
6474 /**
6475 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6476 * filename is passed to it.
6477 *
6478 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6479 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6480 *
6481 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6482 *
6483 * Use full paths.
6484 *
6485 * @deprecated since 1.30
6486 */
6487 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6488
6489 /**
6490 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6491 */
6492 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6493
6494 /**
6495 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6496 * @since 1.19
6497 */
6498 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6499
6500 /**
6501 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6502 * queries and other useful output.
6503 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6504 *
6505 * @since 1.19
6506 */
6507 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6508
6509 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6510
6511 /************************************************************************//**
6512 * @name Search
6513 * @{
6514 */
6515
6516 /**
6517 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6518 */
6519 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6520
6521 /**
6522 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6523 * by default off due to execution overhead
6524 */
6525 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6526
6527 /**
6528 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6529 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6530 */
6531 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6532
6533 /**
6534 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6535 *
6536 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6537 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6538 *
6539 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6540 *
6541 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6542 */
6543 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6544
6545 /**
6546 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6547 *
6548 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6549 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6550 *
6551 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6552 */
6553 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6554 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6555 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6556 ];
6557
6558 /**
6559 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6560 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6561 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6562 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6563 */
6564 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6565
6566 /**
6567 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6568 * OpenSearch call.
6569 */
6570 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6571
6572 /**
6573 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6574 */
6575 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6576
6577 /**
6578 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6579 */
6580 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6581
6582 /**
6583 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6584 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6585 */
6586 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6587
6588 /**
6589 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6590 *
6591 * @par Example:
6592 * @code
6593 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6594 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6595 * @endcode
6596 */
6597 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6598 NS_MAIN => true,
6599 ];
6600
6601 /**
6602 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6603 * implemented by an extension instead.
6604 */
6605 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6606
6607 /**
6608 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6609 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6610 * search term.
6611 *
6612 * @par Example:
6613 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6614 * @code
6615 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6616 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6617 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6618 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6619 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6620 * @endcode
6621 */
6622 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6623
6624 /**
6625 * Search form behavior.
6626 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6627 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6628 */
6629 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6630
6631 /**
6632 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6633 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6634 * generated for all namespaces.
6635 */
6636 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6637
6638 /**
6639 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6640 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6641 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6642 *
6643 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6644 * @par Example:
6645 * @code
6646 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6647 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6648 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6649 * ];
6650 * @endcode
6651 */
6652 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6653
6654 /**
6655 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6656 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6657 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6658 */
6659 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6660
6661 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6662
6663 /************************************************************************//**
6664 * @name Edit user interface
6665 * @{
6666 */
6667
6668 /**
6669 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6670 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6671 */
6672 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6673
6674 /**
6675 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6676 */
6677 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6678
6679 /**
6680 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6681 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6682 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6683 */
6684 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6685 NS_CATEGORY => true
6686 ];
6687
6688 /**
6689 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6690 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6691 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6692 */
6693 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6694
6695 /**
6696 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6697 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6698 * ting this variable false.
6699 */
6700 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6701
6702 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6703
6704 /************************************************************************//**
6705 * @name Maintenance
6706 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6707 * @{
6708 */
6709
6710 /**
6711 * @cond file_level_code
6712 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6713 */
6714 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6715 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6716 }
6717 /** @endcond */
6718
6719 /**
6720 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6721 */
6722 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6723
6724 /**
6725 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6726 * used as an explanation to users.
6727 *
6728 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6729 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6730 * option in MySQL.
6731 */
6732 $wgReadOnly = null;
6733
6734 /**
6735 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6736 * @var bool
6737 * @since 1.31
6738 */
6739 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6740
6741 /**
6742 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6743 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6744 * message.
6745 *
6746 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6747 */
6748 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6749
6750 /**
6751 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6752 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6753 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6754 *
6755 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6756 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6757 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6758 */
6759 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6760
6761 /**
6762 * Fully specified path to git binary
6763 */
6764 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6765
6766 /**
6767 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6768 *
6769 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6770 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6771 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6772 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6773 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6774 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6775 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6776 *
6777 * @since 1.20
6778 */
6779 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6780 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6781 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6782 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6783 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6784 ];
6785
6786 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6787
6788 /************************************************************************//**
6789 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6790 * @{
6791 */
6792
6793 /**
6794 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6795 * seconds will go.
6796 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6797 */
6798 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6799
6800 /**
6801 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6802 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6803 * @since 1.26
6804 */
6805 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6806
6807 /**
6808 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6809 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6810 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6811 * @since 1.26
6812 */
6813 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6814
6815 /**
6816 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6817 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6818 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6819 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6820 * is still there.
6821 */
6822 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6823
6824 /**
6825 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6826 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6827 */
6828 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6829
6830 /**
6831 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6832 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6833 */
6834 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6835
6836 /**
6837 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6838 *
6839 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6840 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6841 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6842 *
6843 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6844 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6845 * passed to the constructor.
6846 *
6847 * Common options:
6848 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6849 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6850 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6851 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6852 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6853 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6854 *
6855 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6856 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6857 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6858 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6859 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6860 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6861 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6862 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6863 *
6864 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6865 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6866 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6867 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6868 *
6869 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6870 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6871 *
6872 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6873 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6874 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6875 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6876 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6877 * ];
6878 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6879 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6880 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6881 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6882 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6883 * ];
6884 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6885 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6886 * ];
6887 * @since 1.22
6888 */
6889 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6890
6891 /**
6892 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6893 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6894 * @since 1.22
6895 */
6896 $wgRCEngines = [
6897 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6898 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6899 ];
6900
6901 /**
6902 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6903 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6904 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6905 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6906 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6907 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6908 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6909 *
6910 * @since 1.27
6911 */
6912 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6913
6914 /**
6915 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6916 * New pages and new files are included.
6917 *
6918 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6919 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6920 * Special:Log.
6921 */
6922 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6923
6924 /**
6925 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6926 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6927 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6928 * that lets users disable them.
6929 *
6930 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6931 *
6932 * @since 1.30
6933 */
6934 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6935
6936 /**
6937 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters on watchlist.
6938 * Works just like $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference.
6939 *
6940 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed
6941 * @since 1.32
6942 */
6943 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowWatchlistPreference = false;
6944
6945 /**
6946 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6947 *
6948 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6949 */
6950 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6951
6952 /**
6953 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6954 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6955 * 0 to disable completely.
6956 */
6957 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6958
6959 /**
6960 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6961 *
6962 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6963 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6964 * Special:Log.
6965 */
6966 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6967
6968 /**
6969 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6970 *
6971 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6972 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6973 * Special:Log.
6974 *
6975 * @since 1.27
6976 */
6977 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6978
6979 /**
6980 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6981 */
6982 $wgFeed = true;
6983
6984 /**
6985 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6986 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6987 */
6988 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6989
6990 /**
6991 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6992 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6993 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6994 *
6995 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6996 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6997 */
6998 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6999
7000 /**
7001 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
7002 * pages larger than this size.
7003 */
7004 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
7005
7006 /**
7007 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
7008 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
7009 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
7010 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
7011 * as value.
7012 * @par Example:
7013 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
7014 * @code
7015 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
7016 * @endcode
7017 */
7018 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
7019
7020 /**
7021 * Available feeds objects.
7022 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
7023 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
7024 */
7025 $wgFeedClasses = [
7026 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
7027 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
7028 ];
7029
7030 /**
7031 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
7032 * 'atom', neither, or both.
7033 */
7034 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
7035
7036 /**
7037 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
7038 */
7039 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
7040
7041 /**
7042 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
7043 */
7044 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
7045
7046 /**
7047 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7048 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7049 * highlighted on the RC page.
7050 */
7051 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7052
7053 /**
7054 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7055 * view for watched pages with new changes
7056 */
7057 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7058
7059 /**
7060 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7061 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7062 */
7063 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7064
7065 /**
7066 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7067 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7068 */
7069 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7070
7071 /**
7072 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7073 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7074 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7075 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7076 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7077 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7078 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7079 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7080 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7081 *
7082 * @var array
7083 * @since 1.31
7084 */
7085 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7086 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7087 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7088 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7089 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7090 'mw-blank' => true,
7091 'mw-replace' => true,
7092 'mw-rollback' => true,
7093 'mw-undo' => true,
7094 ];
7095
7096 /**
7097 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7098 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7099 * watchers.
7100 *
7101 * @since 1.21
7102 */
7103 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7104
7105 /**
7106 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7107 * certain types of edits.
7108 *
7109 * To register a new one:
7110 * @code
7111 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7112 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7113 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7114 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7115 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7116 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7117 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7118 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7119 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7120 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7121 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7122 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7123 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7124 * ];
7125 * @endcode
7126 *
7127 * @since 1.22
7128 */
7129 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7130 'newpage' => [
7131 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7132 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7133 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7134 'grouping' => 'any',
7135 ],
7136 'minor' => [
7137 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7138 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7139 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7140 'class' => 'minoredit',
7141 'grouping' => 'all',
7142 ],
7143 'bot' => [
7144 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7145 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7146 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7147 'class' => 'botedit',
7148 'grouping' => 'all',
7149 ],
7150 'unpatrolled' => [
7151 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7152 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7153 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7154 'grouping' => 'any',
7155 ],
7156 ];
7157
7158 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7159
7160 /************************************************************************//**
7161 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7162 * @{
7163 */
7164
7165 /**
7166 * Override for copyright metadata.
7167 *
7168 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7169 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7170 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7171 */
7172 $wgRightsPage = null;
7173
7174 /**
7175 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7176 * wiki.
7177 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7178 */
7179 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7180
7181 /**
7182 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7183 * link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
7184 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7185 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7186 */
7187 $wgRightsText = null;
7188
7189 /**
7190 * Override for copyright metadata.
7191 */
7192 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7193
7194 /**
7195 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7196 */
7197 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7198
7199 /**
7200 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7201 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7202 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7203 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7204 * large wikis.
7205 */
7206 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7207
7208 /**
7209 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7210 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7211 */
7212 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7213
7214 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7215
7216 /************************************************************************//**
7217 * @name Import / Export
7218 * @{
7219 */
7220
7221 /**
7222 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7223 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7224 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7225 *
7226 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7227 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7228 * e.g.
7229 * @code
7230 * $wgImportSources = [
7231 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7232 * 'wikispecies',
7233 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7234 * ];
7235 * @endcode
7236 *
7237 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7238 * the ImportSources hook.
7239 *
7240 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7241 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7242 */
7243 $wgImportSources = [];
7244
7245 /**
7246 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7247 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7248 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7249 *
7250 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7251 */
7252 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7253
7254 /**
7255 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7256 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7257 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7258 */
7259 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7260
7261 /**
7262 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7263 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7264 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7265 */
7266 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7267
7268 /**
7269 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7270 */
7271 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7272
7273 /**
7274 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7275 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7276 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7277 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7278 * it's disabled by default for now.
7279 *
7280 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7281 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7282 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7283 */
7284 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7285
7286 /**
7287 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7288 */
7289 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7290
7291 /**
7292 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7293 */
7294 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7295
7296 /**
7297 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7298 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7299 *
7300 * @since 1.27
7301 */
7302 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7303
7304 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7305
7306 /*************************************************************************//**
7307 * @name Extensions
7308 * @{
7309 */
7310
7311 /**
7312 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7313 * initialised
7314 */
7315 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7316
7317 /**
7318 * Extension messages files.
7319 *
7320 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7321 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7322 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7323 * is the most common.
7324 *
7325 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7326 * in the core.
7327 *
7328 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7329 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7330 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7331 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7332 *
7333 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7334 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7335 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7336 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7337 *
7338 * @par Example:
7339 * @code
7340 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7341 * @endcode
7342 */
7343 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7344
7345 /**
7346 * Extension messages directories.
7347 *
7348 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7349 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7350 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7351 * message directories.
7352 *
7353 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7354 *
7355 * @par Simple example:
7356 * @code
7357 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7358 * @endcode
7359 *
7360 * @par Complex example:
7361 * @code
7362 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7363 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7364 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7365 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7366 * ]
7367 * @endcode
7368 * @since 1.23
7369 */
7370 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7371
7372 /**
7373 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7374 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7375 * @since 1.22
7376 */
7377 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7378
7379 /**
7380 * Parser output hooks.
7381 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7382 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7383 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7384 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7385 *
7386 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7387 *
7388 * The callback has the form:
7389 * @code
7390 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7391 * @endcode
7392 */
7393 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7394
7395 /**
7396 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7397 */
7398 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7399
7400 /**
7401 * List of valid skin names
7402 *
7403 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7404 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7405 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7406 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7407 */
7408 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7409
7410 /**
7411 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7412 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7413 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7414 * SpecialPage.
7415 */
7416 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7417
7418 /**
7419 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7420 */
7421 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7422
7423 /**
7424 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7425 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7426 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7427 */
7428 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7429
7430 /**
7431 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7432 *
7433 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7434 *
7435 * @code
7436 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7437 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7438 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7439 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7440 * 'author' => [
7441 * 'Foo Barstein',
7442 * ],
7443 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7444 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7445 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7446 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7447 * ];
7448 * @endcode
7449 *
7450 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7451 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7452 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7453 * interpreted as wikitext.
7454 *
7455 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7456 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7457 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7458 *
7459 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7460 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7461 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7462 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7463 *
7464 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7465 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7466 * usually are.)
7467 *
7468 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7469 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7470 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7471 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7472 *
7473 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7474 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7475 *
7476 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7477 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7478 *
7479 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7480 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7481 */
7482 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7483
7484 /**
7485 * Authentication plugin.
7486 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7487 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7488 */
7489 $wgAuth = null;
7490
7491 /**
7492 * Global list of hooks.
7493 *
7494 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7495 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7496 * internally by Hook:run().
7497 *
7498 * The value can be one of:
7499 *
7500 * - A function name:
7501 * @code
7502 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7503 * @endcode
7504 * - A function with some data:
7505 * @code
7506 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7507 * @endcode
7508 * - A an object method:
7509 * @code
7510 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7511 * @endcode
7512 * - A closure:
7513 * @code
7514 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7515 * // Handler code goes here.
7516 * };
7517 * @endcode
7518 *
7519 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7520 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7521 *
7522 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7523 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7524 */
7525 $wgHooks = [];
7526
7527 /**
7528 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7529 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7530 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7531 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7532 * hook for that.
7533 *
7534 * @see MediaWikiServices
7535 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7536 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7537 */
7538 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7539 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7540 ];
7541
7542 /**
7543 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7544 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7545 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7546 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7547 */
7548 $wgJobClasses = [
7549 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7550 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7551 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7552 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7553 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7554 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7555 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7556 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7557 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7558 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7559 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7560 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7561 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7562 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7563 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7564 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7565 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7566 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7567 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7568 'null' => NullJob::class,
7569 ];
7570
7571 /**
7572 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7573 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7574 *
7575 * These can be:
7576 * - Very long-running jobs.
7577 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7578 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7579 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7580 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7581 */
7582 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7583
7584 /**
7585 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7586 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7587 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7588 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7589 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7590 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7591 * @var float[]
7592 */
7593 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7594
7595 /**
7596 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7597 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7598 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7599 *
7600 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7601 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7602 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7603 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7604 *
7605 * @var float|bool
7606 * @since 1.26
7607 */
7608 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7609
7610 /**
7611 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7612 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7613 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7614 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7615 */
7616 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7617 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7618 ];
7619
7620 /**
7621 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7622 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7623 */
7624 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7625 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7626 ];
7627
7628 /**
7629 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7630 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7631 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7632 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7633 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7634 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7635 * that limit is hit.
7636 *
7637 * @since 1.29
7638 */
7639 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7640
7641 /**
7642 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7643 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7644 */
7645 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7646 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7647 ];
7648
7649 /**
7650 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7651 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7652 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7653 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7654 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7655 */
7656 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7657 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7658 ];
7659
7660 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7661
7662 /*************************************************************************//**
7663 * @name Categories
7664 * @{
7665 */
7666
7667 /**
7668 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7669 */
7670 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7671
7672 /**
7673 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7674 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7675 */
7676 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7677
7678 /**
7679 * Paging limit for categories
7680 */
7681 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7682
7683 /**
7684 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7685 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7686 *
7687 * Available values are:
7688 *
7689 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7690 *
7691 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7692 *
7693 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7694 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7695 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7696 *
7697 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7698 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7699 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7700 * server.
7701 *
7702 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7703 * the sort keys in the database.
7704 *
7705 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7706 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7707 */
7708 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7709
7710 /** @} */ # End categories }
7711
7712 /*************************************************************************//**
7713 * @name Logging
7714 * @{
7715 */
7716
7717 /**
7718 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7719 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7720 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7721 * log type.
7722 *
7723 * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
7724 * log types instead of checking the global variable.
7725 */
7726 $wgLogTypes = [
7727 '',
7728 'block',
7729 'protect',
7730 'rights',
7731 'delete',
7732 'upload',
7733 'move',
7734 'import',
7735 'patrol',
7736 'merge',
7737 'suppress',
7738 'tag',
7739 'managetags',
7740 'contentmodel',
7741 ];
7742
7743 /**
7744 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7745 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7746 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7747 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7748 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7749 */
7750 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7751 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7752 ];
7753
7754 /**
7755 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7756 *
7757 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7758 *
7759 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7760 *
7761 * @par Example:
7762 * @code
7763 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7764 * @endcode
7765 *
7766 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7767 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7768 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7769 *
7770 * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
7771 * used for the link text.
7772 */
7773 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7774 'patrol' => true,
7775 'tag' => true,
7776 ];
7777
7778 /**
7779 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7780 * will be listed in the user interface.
7781 *
7782 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7783 *
7784 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7785 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7786 */
7787 $wgLogNames = [
7788 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7789 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7790 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7791 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7792 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7793 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7794 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7795 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7796 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7797 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7798 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7799 ];
7800
7801 /**
7802 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7803 * top of each log type.
7804 *
7805 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7806 *
7807 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7808 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7809 */
7810 $wgLogHeaders = [
7811 '' => 'alllogstext',
7812 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7813 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7814 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7815 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7816 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7817 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7818 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7819 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7820 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7821 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7822 ];
7823
7824 /**
7825 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7826 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7827 *
7828 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7829 */
7830 $wgLogActions = [];
7831
7832 /**
7833 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7834 * not messages.
7835 * @see LogPage::actionText
7836 * @see LogFormatter
7837 */
7838 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7839 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7840 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7841 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7842 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7843 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7844 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7845 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7846 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7847 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7848 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7849 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7850 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7851 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7852 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7853 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7854 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7855 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7856 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7857 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7858 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7859 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7860 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7861 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7862 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7863 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7864 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7865 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7866 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7867 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7868 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7869 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7870 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7871 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7872 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7873 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7874 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7875 ];
7876
7877 /**
7878 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7879 *
7880 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7881 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7882 * Extensions may append to this array
7883 * @since 1.27
7884 */
7885 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7886 'block' => [
7887 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7888 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7889 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7890 ],
7891 'contentmodel' => [
7892 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7893 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7894 ],
7895 'delete' => [
7896 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7897 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7898 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7899 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7900 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7901 ],
7902 'import' => [
7903 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7904 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7905 ],
7906 'managetags' => [
7907 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7908 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7909 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7910 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7911 ],
7912 'move' => [
7913 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7914 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7915 ],
7916 'newusers' => [
7917 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7918 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7919 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7920 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7921 ],
7922 'protect' => [
7923 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7924 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7925 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7926 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7927 ],
7928 'rights' => [
7929 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7930 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7931 ],
7932 'suppress' => [
7933 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7934 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7935 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7936 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7937 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7938 ],
7939 'upload' => [
7940 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7941 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7942 ],
7943 ];
7944
7945 /**
7946 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7947 */
7948 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7949
7950 /**
7951 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7952 * @since 1.32
7953 */
7954 $wgPageCreationLog = true;
7955
7956 /** @} */ # end logging }
7957
7958 /*************************************************************************//**
7959 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7960 * @{
7961 */
7962
7963 /**
7964 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7965 */
7966 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7967
7968 /**
7969 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7970 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7971 */
7972 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7973
7974 /**
7975 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7976 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7977 */
7978 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7979
7980 /**
7981 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7982 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7983 */
7984 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7985
7986 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7987
7988 /*************************************************************************//**
7989 * @name Actions
7990 * @{
7991 */
7992
7993 /**
7994 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7995 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7996 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7997 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7998 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7999 * instead of the default class.
8000 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
8001 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
8002 */
8003 $wgActions = [
8004 'credits' => true,
8005 'delete' => true,
8006 'edit' => true,
8007 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
8008 'history' => true,
8009 'info' => true,
8010 'markpatrolled' => true,
8011 'protect' => true,
8012 'purge' => true,
8013 'raw' => true,
8014 'render' => true,
8015 'revert' => true,
8016 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
8017 'rollback' => true,
8018 'submit' => true,
8019 'unprotect' => true,
8020 'unwatch' => true,
8021 'view' => true,
8022 'watch' => true,
8023 ];
8024
8025 /** @} */ # end actions }
8026
8027 /*************************************************************************//**
8028 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
8029 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
8030 * @{
8031 */
8032
8033 /**
8034 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
8035 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
8036 * basis.
8037 */
8038 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
8039
8040 /**
8041 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
8042 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
8043 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
8044 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
8045 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
8046 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
8047 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
8048 *
8049 * @par Example:
8050 * @code
8051 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
8052 * @endcode
8053 */
8054 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8055
8056 /**
8057 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8058 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8059 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8060 *
8061 * @par Example:
8062 * @code
8063 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8064 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8065 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8066 * ];
8067 * @endcode
8068 *
8069 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8070 * forms:
8071 * @code
8072 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8073 * # Underscore, not space!
8074 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8075 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8076 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8077 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8078 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8079 * ];
8080 * @endcode
8081 */
8082 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8083
8084 /**
8085 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8086 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8087 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8088 *
8089 * @par Example:
8090 * @code
8091 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8092 * @endcode
8093 */
8094 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8095
8096 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8097
8098 /************************************************************************//**
8099 * @name AJAX and API
8100 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8101 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8102 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8103 * @{
8104 */
8105
8106 /**
8107 *
8108 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8109 *
8110 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8111 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8112 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8113 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8114 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8115 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8116 * requiring POST.
8117 *
8118 * @since 1.21
8119 */
8120 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8121
8122 /**
8123 * API module extensions.
8124 *
8125 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8126 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8127 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8128 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8129 *
8130 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8131 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8132 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8133 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8134 * field.
8135 *
8136 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8137 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8138 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8139 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8140 *
8141 * Examples for registering API modules:
8142 *
8143 * @code
8144 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8145 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8146 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8147 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8148 * ];
8149 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8150 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8151 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8152 * ];
8153 * @endcode
8154 *
8155 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8156 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8157 */
8158 $wgAPIModules = [];
8159
8160 /**
8161 * API format module extensions.
8162 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8163 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8164 *
8165 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8166 */
8167 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8168
8169 /**
8170 * API Query meta module extensions.
8171 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8172 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8173 *
8174 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8175 */
8176 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8177
8178 /**
8179 * API Query prop module extensions.
8180 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8181 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8182 *
8183 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8184 */
8185 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8186
8187 /**
8188 * API Query list module extensions.
8189 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8190 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8191 *
8192 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8193 */
8194 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8195
8196 /**
8197 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8198 * The default value is generally fine
8199 */
8200 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8201
8202 /**
8203 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8204 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8205 */
8206 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8207
8208 /**
8209 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8210 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8211 */
8212 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8213
8214 /**
8215 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8216 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8217 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8218 */
8219 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8220
8221 /**
8222 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8223 * API request logging
8224 */
8225 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8226
8227 /**
8228 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8229 */
8230 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8231
8232 /**
8233 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8234 * API queries.
8235 */
8236 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8237 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8238 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8239 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8240 ];
8241
8242 /**
8243 * Enable AJAX framework
8244 *
8245 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8246 */
8247 $wgUseAjax = true;
8248
8249 /**
8250 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8251 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8252 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8253 */
8254 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8255
8256 /**
8257 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8258 */
8259 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8260
8261 /**
8262 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8263 */
8264 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8265
8266 /**
8267 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8268 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8269 */
8270 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8271
8272 /**
8273 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8274 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8275 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8276 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8277 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8278 *
8279 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8280 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8281 *
8282 * @par Example:
8283 * @code
8284 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8285 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8286 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8287 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8288 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8289 * ];
8290 * @endcode
8291 */
8292 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8293
8294 /**
8295 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8296 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8297 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8298 */
8299 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8300
8301 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8302
8303 /************************************************************************//**
8304 * @name Shell and process control
8305 * @{
8306 */
8307
8308 /**
8309 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8310 */
8311 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8312
8313 /**
8314 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8315 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8316 */
8317 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8318
8319 /**
8320 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8321 */
8322 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8323
8324 /**
8325 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8326 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8327 */
8328 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8329
8330 /**
8331 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8332 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8333 *
8334 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8335 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8336 * them segfault or deadlock.
8337 *
8338 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8339 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8340 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8341 *
8342 * @par Example:
8343 * @code
8344 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8345 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8346 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8347 * @endcode
8348 *
8349 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8350 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8351 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8352 */
8353 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8354
8355 /**
8356 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8357 */
8358 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8359
8360 /**
8361 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8362 *
8363 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8364 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8365 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8366 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8367 *
8368 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8369 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8370 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8371 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8372 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8373 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8374 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8375 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8376 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8377 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8378 * decimal separator)
8379 *
8380 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8381 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8382 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8383 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8384 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8385 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8386 * displayed to the user.
8387 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8388 * date/time values.
8389 *
8390 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8391 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8392 * wikis.
8393 */
8394 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8395
8396 /**
8397 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8398 *
8399 * Supported options:
8400 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8401 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8402 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8403 *
8404 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8405 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8406 *
8407 * @since 1.31
8408 * @var string|bool
8409 */
8410 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8411
8412 /** @} */ # End shell }
8413
8414 /************************************************************************//**
8415 * @name HTTP client
8416 * @{
8417 */
8418
8419 /**
8420 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8421 * @var int
8422 */
8423 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8424
8425 /**
8426 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8427 * @since 1.29
8428 */
8429 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8430
8431 /**
8432 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8433 */
8434 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8435
8436 /**
8437 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8438 */
8439 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8440
8441 /**
8442 * Local virtual hosts.
8443 *
8444 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8445 *
8446 * This affects the following:
8447 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8448 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8449 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8450 * the proxy if it is configured.
8451 *
8452 * @since 1.25
8453 */
8454 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8455
8456 /**
8457 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8458 * Only works for curl
8459 */
8460 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8461
8462 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8463
8464 /************************************************************************//**
8465 * @name Job queue
8466 * @{
8467 */
8468
8469 /**
8470 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8471 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8472 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8473 * be run periodically.
8474 */
8475 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8476
8477 /**
8478 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8479 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8480 * execution finishes.
8481 *
8482 * @since 1.23
8483 */
8484 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8485
8486 /**
8487 * Number of rows to update per job
8488 */
8489 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8490
8491 /**
8492 * Number of rows to update per query
8493 */
8494 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8495
8496 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8497
8498 /************************************************************************//**
8499 * @name Miscellaneous
8500 * @{
8501 */
8502
8503 /**
8504 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8505 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8506 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8507 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8508 */
8509 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8510
8511 /**
8512 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8513 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8514 * Supported values:
8515 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8516 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8517 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8518 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8519 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8520 *
8521 * @since 1.30
8522 */
8523 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8524
8525 /**
8526 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8527 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8528 *
8529 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8530 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8531 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8532 */
8533 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8534
8535 /**
8536 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8537 * For debugging
8538 */
8539 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8540
8541 /**
8542 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8543 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8544 */
8545 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8546
8547 /**
8548 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8549 */
8550 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8551
8552 /**
8553 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8554 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8555 */
8556 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8557
8558 /**
8559 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8560 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8561 */
8562 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8563
8564 /**
8565 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8566 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8567 *
8568 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8569 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8570 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8571 * parameters.
8572 *
8573 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8574 * @code
8575 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8576 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8577 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8578 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8579 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8580 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8581 * 'redisConfig' => []
8582 * ] ];
8583 * @endcode
8584 *
8585 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8586 * @code
8587 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8588 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8589 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8590 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8591 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8592 * ... any extension-specific options...
8593 * ] ];
8594 * @endcode
8595 */
8596 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8597
8598 /**
8599 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8600 */
8601 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8602
8603 /**
8604 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8605 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8606 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8607 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8608 *
8609 * @since 1.21
8610 */
8611 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8612
8613 /**
8614 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8615 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8616 *
8617 * * 'ignore': return null
8618 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8619 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8620 *
8621 * @since 1.21
8622 */
8623 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8624
8625 /**
8626 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8627 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8628 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8629 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8630 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8631 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8632 *
8633 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8634 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8635 *
8636 * @since 1.21
8637 */
8638 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8639
8640 /**
8641 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8642 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8643 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8644 *
8645 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8646 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8647 *
8648 * @since 1.21
8649 */
8650 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8651 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8652 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8653 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8654 ];
8655
8656 /**
8657 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8658 *
8659 * @since 1.20
8660 */
8661 $wgSiteTypes = [
8662 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8663 ];
8664
8665 /**
8666 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8667 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8668 * @since 1.23
8669 */
8670 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8671
8672 /**
8673 * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
8674 * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
8675 * be a protocol-relative URL.
8676 *
8677 * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
8678 *
8679 * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
8680 *
8681 * @since 1.24
8682 */
8683 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8684
8685 /**
8686 * Secret for session storage.
8687 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8688 * be used.
8689 * @since 1.27
8690 */
8691 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8692
8693 /**
8694 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8695 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8696 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8697 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8698 * @since 1.27
8699 */
8700 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8701
8702 /**
8703 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8704 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8705 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8706 * be used.
8707 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8708 * @since 1.24
8709 */
8710 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8711
8712 /**
8713 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8714 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8715 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8716 * @since 1.24
8717 */
8718 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8719
8720 /**
8721 * Enable page language feature
8722 * Allows setting page language in database
8723 * @var bool
8724 * @since 1.24
8725 */
8726 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8727
8728 /**
8729 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8730 *
8731 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8732 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8733 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8734 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8735 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8736 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8737 *
8738 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8739 *
8740 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8741 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8742 * 'options' => [
8743 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8744 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8745 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8746 * ]
8747 * ];
8748 *
8749 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8750 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8751 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8752 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8753 *
8754 * Example config for Parsoid:
8755 *
8756 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8757 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8758 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8759 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8760 * ];
8761 *
8762 * @var array
8763 * @since 1.25
8764 */
8765 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8766 'paths' => [],
8767 'modules' => [],
8768 'global' => [
8769 # Timeout in seconds
8770 'timeout' => 360,
8771 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8772 'forwardCookies' => false,
8773 'HTTPProxy' => null
8774 ]
8775 ];
8776
8777 /**
8778 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8779 * these suggestions.
8780 *
8781 * @var bool
8782 * @since 1.26
8783 */
8784 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8785
8786 /**
8787 * Where popular password file is located.
8788 *
8789 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8790 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8791 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8792 *
8793 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8794 * @since 1.27
8795 * @var string path to file
8796 */
8797 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/password/commonpasswords.cdb';
8798
8799 /*
8800 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8801 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8802 *
8803 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8804 * @since 1.27
8805 */
8806 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8807
8808 /*
8809 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8810 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8811 *
8812 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8813 * @since 1.30
8814 */
8815 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8816
8817 /**
8818 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8819 *
8820 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8821 * @since 1.32
8822 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8823 * If an array, can have parameters:
8824 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8825 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8826 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8827 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8828 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8829 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8830 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8831 * 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
8832 * is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
8833 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8834 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8835 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8836 */
8837 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8838
8839 /**
8840 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8841 *
8842 * @since 1.32
8843 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8844 */
8845 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8846
8847 /**
8848 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8849 *
8850 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8851 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8852 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8853 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8854 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8855 *
8856 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8857 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8858 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8859 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8860 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8861 *
8862 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8863 *
8864 * @since 1.27
8865 */
8866 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8867 'default' => [
8868 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8869 ]
8870 ];
8871
8872 /**
8873 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8874 *
8875 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8876 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8877 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8878 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8879 *
8880 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8881 *
8882 * @var bool
8883 * @since 1.28
8884 */
8885 $wgPingback = false;
8886
8887 /**
8888 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8889 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8890 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8891 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8892 *
8893 * @since 1.28
8894 */
8895 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8896 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8897 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8898 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8899 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8900 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8901 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8902 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8903 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8904 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8905 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8906 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8907 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8908 ];
8909
8910 /**
8911 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8912 * at Special:Contributions.
8913 *
8914 * @var array
8915 * @since 1.30
8916 */
8917 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8918 'IPv4' => 16,
8919 'IPv6' => 32,
8920 ];
8921
8922 /**
8923 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8924 *
8925 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8926 *
8927 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8928 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8929 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8930 *
8931 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8932 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8933 */
8934 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8935 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8936 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8937 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8938
8939 /**
8940 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8941 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8942 *
8943 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8944 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8945 *
8946 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8947 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8948 *
8949 * @par Example:
8950 * @code
8951 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8952 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8953 *];
8954 * @endcode
8955 */
8956 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8957
8958 /**
8959 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8960 * @since 1.30
8961 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8962 */
8963 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8964
8965 /**
8966 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
8967 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8968 *
8969 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8970 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8971 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8972 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8973 *
8974 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
8975 * Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
8976 * will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
8977 *
8978 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8979 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8980 *
8981 * @since 1.32
8982 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
8983 */
8984 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD;
8985
8986 /**
8987 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8988 * @since 1.31
8989 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8990 */
8991 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8992
8993 /**
8994 * Temporary option to disable the date picker from the Expiry Widget.
8995 *
8996 * @since 1.32
8997 * @deprecated 1.32
8998 * @var bool
8999 */
9000 $wgExpiryWidgetNoDatePicker = false;
9001
9002 /**
9003 * change_tag table schema migration stage.
9004 *
9005 * - MIGRATION_OLD: Do not use change_tag_def table or ct_tag_id.
9006 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH: Write to the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, but read from
9007 * the old schema. This is different from the formal definition of the constants
9008 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_NEW: Behaves the same as MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH
9009 * - MIGRATION_NEW: Use the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, do not read/write ct_tag
9010 *
9011 * @since 1.32
9012 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
9013 */
9014 $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
9015
9016 /**
9017 * Temporarily flag to use change_tag_def table as backend of change tag statistics.
9018 * For example in case of Special:Tags. If set to false, it will use change_tag table.
9019 * Before setting it to true set $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage to MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH and run
9020 * PopulateChangeTagDef maintaince script.
9021 * It's redundant when $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage is set to MIGRATION_NEW
9022 *
9023 * @since 1.32
9024 * @var bool
9025 */
9026 $wgTagStatisticsNewTable = false;
9027
9028 /**
9029 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
9030 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
9031 * @}
9032 */